aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/docs/mcc-help/it.po
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/mcc-help/it.po')
-rw-r--r--docs/mcc-help/it.po9620
1 files changed, 0 insertions, 9620 deletions
diff --git a/docs/mcc-help/it.po b/docs/mcc-help/it.po
deleted file mode 100644
index d1eb0dcc..00000000
--- a/docs/mcc-help/it.po
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,9620 +0,0 @@
-# Copyright (C) YEAR Mageia
-# This file is distributed under the same license as the Mageia Control Center Help package.
-#
-# Translators:
-# Federica <24fede89@gmail.com>, 2014.
-# Guybrush88 <erpizzo@alice.it>, 2014-2015.
-# killer1987 <marcello.anni@alice.it>, 2013.
-# _pmat_ <matteo.pasotti@gmail.com>, 2014.
-# Matteo Pasotti <matteo@mageia.it>, 2013-2014.
-# Roberto91 <robh91@hotmail.it>, 2014.
-# Roberto Albano <randyichinose@gmail.com>, 2015.
-# Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>, 2017.
-msgid ""
-msgstr ""
-"Project-Id-Version: Mageia\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: doc-discuss@ml.mageia.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2017-06-23 13:57+0300\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2017-06-07 19:38+0300\n"
-"Last-Translator: Yuri Chornoivan <yurchor@ukr.net>\n"
-"Language-Team: Ukrainian <kde-i18n-uk@kde.org>\n"
-"Language: it\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-"it/)\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:11
-msgid "Access WebDAV shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accedi ai dispositivi e alle directory condivisi tramite WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --dav"
-msgstr "diskdrake --dav"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:19
-msgid "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando, digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">diskdrake --dav</emphasis> come root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Network Sharing tab, labeled <guilabel>Configure "
-"WebDAV shares</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lo trovi nel "
-"Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato "
-"<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:30 en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:22 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:21
-#: en/drak3d.xml:15 en/drakconnect.xml:16 en/draknetcenter.xml:29
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:27 en/drakvpn.xml:16 en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:41 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:27
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:46 en/keyboarddrake.xml:17
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:21
-msgid "Introduction"
-msgstr "Introduzione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> is a "
-"protocol that allows to mount a web server's directory locally, so that it "
-"appears as a local directory. It is necessary that the remote machine run a "
-"WebDAV server. This is not the aim of this tool to configure the WebDAV "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-"<link xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/WebDAV\">WebDAV</link> è un "
-"protocollo che consente di montare un directory di un server web localmente, "
-"così che questo appaia come una directory locale. E' necessario che la "
-"macchina remota abbia in esecuzione un server WebDAV. Lo scopo di questo "
-"strumento non è quello di configurare il server WebDAV."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:40
-msgid "Creating a new entry"
-msgstr "Crea una nuova voce"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"The first screen of the tool displays the already configured entries, if "
-"any, and a <guibutton>New</guibutton> button. Use it to create a new entry. "
-"Insert the server URL in the field of the new screen."
-msgstr ""
-"La prima schermata dello strumento mostra le voci già configurate, se "
-"presenti, e un pulsante <guibutton>Nuova</guibutton>. Usalo per creare una "
-"nuova voce. Inserisci l'URL del server nel campo della nuova schermata."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Then you get a screen with radio buttons to select some actions. Continue "
-"with the action <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> by clicking "
-"<guibutton>OK</guibutton> after selecting the radio button, as the "
-"<guibutton>Server</guibutton> is already configured. You can however correct "
-"it, if needed."
-msgstr ""
-"Raggiungerai quindi una schermata con alcuni pulsanti radio per selezionare "
-"alcune azioni. Continua con l'azione <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> "
-"cliccando <guibutton>OK</guibutton> dopo aver selezionato il pulsante radio, "
-"in quanto il <guibutton>Server</guibutton> è già configurato. Potrai "
-"comunque correggerlo, se necessario."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:54
-msgid "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"The content of the remote directory will be accessible through this mount "
-"point."
-msgstr ""
-"Il contenuto della directory remota risulterà accessibile tramite questo "
-"punto di montaggio."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"In the next step, give your user name and password. If you need some other "
-"options, you can give them in the <guibutton>advanced</guibutton> screen."
-msgstr ""
-"Nella fase successiva, inserisci il tuo nome utente e la password. Se "
-"necessiti altre opzioni, puoi darle nella schermata <guibutton>avanzate</"
-"guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--dav4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The option <guibutton>Mount</guibutton> allows you to mount immediately the "
-"access."
-msgstr ""
-"L'opzione <guibutton>Monta</guibutton> ti permette di montare immediatamente "
-"l'accesso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--dav.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"After you accepted the configuration with the radio button <guibutton>Done</"
-"guibutton>, the first screen is displayed again and your new mount point is "
-"listed. After you choose <guibutton>Quit</guibutton>, you are asked whether "
-"or not to save the modifications in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Choose "
-"this option if you want that the remote directory is available at each boot. "
-"If your configuration is for one-time usage, do not save it."
-msgstr ""
-"Dopo aver accettato la configurazione con il pulsante radio "
-"<guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, la prima schermata viene mostrata nuovamente "
-"ed il tuo nuovo punto di montaggio viene elencato. Dopo aver premuto "
-"<guibutton>Chiudi</guibutton>, ti viene chiesto se salvare o non salvare le "
-"modifiche in <emphasis>/etc/fstab</emphasis>. Scegli questa opzione se vuoi "
-"che la directory remota sia disponibile ad ogni avvio. Se la tua "
-"configurazione vale per un solo utilizzo, non salvarla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:3
-msgid "Share your hard disk partitions"
-msgstr "Condividi le tue partizioni del disco fisso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --fileshare"
-msgstr "diskdrake --fileshare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--fileshare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --fileshare</emphasis> come root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This simple tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you, the "
-"administrator, to allow users to share parts of their own /home "
-"subdirectories with other users of a same local network which may have "
-"computers running either Linux or Windows operating system."
-msgstr ""
-"Questo semplice strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> consente "
-"a te, amministratore, di autorizzare gli utenti a condividere parti delle "
-"proprie sottodirectory in /home con altri utenti della stessa rete locale "
-"che potrebbero avere computers su cui gira il sistema operativo Linux o "
-"Windows."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is found in the Mageia Control Center, under the Local Disk tab, labelled "
-"\"Share your hard disk partitions\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Si trova nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nella scheda Dischi Locali, "
-"etichettata \"Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"First, answer the question : \"<guilabel>Would you like to allow users to "
-"share some of their directories ?</guilabel>\", click on <guibutton>No "
-"sharing</guibutton> if the answer is no for all users, click on "
-"<guibutton>Allow all users</guibutton> for all users and click on "
-"<guibutton>Custom</guibutton> if the answer is no for some users and yes for "
-"the others. In this last case, the users that are authorised to share their "
-"directories must belong to the fileshare group, which is automatically "
-"created by the system. You will be asked about this later."
-msgstr ""
-"Primo, rispondi alla domanda: \"<guilabel>Vuoi consentire agli utenti di "
-"condividere alcune delle loro directory ?</guilabel>\", clicca su "
-"<guibutton>Nessuna condivisione</guibutton> se la risposta è no per tutti "
-"gli utenti, clicca su <guibutton>Permetti a tutti gli utenti</guibutton> per "
-"tutti gli utenti e clicca su <guibutton>Personalizzato</guibutton> se la "
-"risposta è no per alcuni utenti e sì per altri. In questo ultimo caso, gli "
-"utenti che sono autorizzati a condividere le proprie directory devono "
-"appartenere al gruppo fileshare, che è automaticamente creato dal sistema. "
-"Verrai interrogato successivamente in merito a questo aspetto."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"Click on <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, a second screen appears which asks you "
-"choose between <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> or <guibutton>SMB</guibutton>. "
-"Check <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> if Linux is the only operating system on "
-"the network, check <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> if the network includes both "
-"Linux and Windows machines and then click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Any "
-"required packages will be installed if necessary."
-msgstr ""
-"Clicca su <guilabel>OK</guilabel>, una seconda schermata apparirà "
-"proponendoti di scegliere tra <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> o <guibutton>SMB</"
-"guibutton>. Spunta <guibutton>NFS</guibutton> se Linux è l'unico sistema "
-"operativo sulla rete, spunta <guibutton>SMB</guibutton> se la rete include "
-"sia macchine Linux che macchine Windows e quindi clicca su <guibutton>OK</"
-"guibutton>. I pacchetti richiesti verranno installati se necessario."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The configuration is now complete unless the Custom option was chosen. In "
-"this case, an extra screen prompts you to open Userdrake. This tool allows "
-"you to add users authorised to share their directories to the fileshare "
-"group. In the User tab, click on the user to add to the fileshare group, "
-"then on <guimenuitem>Edit</guimenuitem>, In the Groups tab. Check the "
-"fileshare group and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. For more information "
-"about Userdrake, see <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">this page</xref>"
-msgstr ""
-"La configurazione è ora completa a meno che non sia stata scelta l'opzione "
-"Personalizzato. In questo caso una schermata extra ti domanderà di avviare "
-"Userdrake. Questo strumento ti consente di aggiungere gli utenti autorizzati "
-"a condividere le loro directory al gruppo fileshare. Nella scheda Utente, "
-"clicca sull'utente per aggiungerlo al gruppo fileshare, quindi su "
-"<guimenuitem>Modifica</guimenuitem>, nella scheda Gruppi. Spunta il gruppo "
-"fileshare e clicca su <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Per ulteriori informazioni "
-"su Userdrake, guarda <xref linkend=\"userdrake\">questa pagina</xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"When adding a new user to the fileshare group, you have to disconnect and "
-"reconnect the network for the modifications to be taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-"Quando si aggiunge un nuovo utente al gruppo fileshare, devi disconnettere e "
-"riconnettere la rete affinché le modifiche vengano prese in considerazione."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--fileshare.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"From now on each user belonging to the fileshare group can select in his/her "
-"file manager the directories to be shared, although not all file managers "
-"have this facility."
-msgstr ""
-"D'ora in poi ogni utente appartenente al gruppo fileshare potrà selezionare "
-"nel suo gestore di file le directory da condividere, sebbene non tutti i "
-"gestori di file forniscono questa funzionalità."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'xml:lang' of: <section>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:1 en/MCC-cover.xml:9 en/mcc-network.xml:1
-#: en/MCC.xml:1 en/software-management.xml:2 en/transfugdrake.xml:1
-msgid "en"
-msgstr "it"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:3
-msgid "Access NFS shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accedi a dischi e cartelle in condivisione NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:6
-msgid "diskdrake --nfs"
-msgstr "diskdrake --nfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:11
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:17
-msgid "."
-msgstr "."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --nfs</emphasis> come root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"some shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is NFS which is available on most Linux or Unix "
-"systems. The shared directory will be thus available directly at boot. "
-"Shared directories can be also accessible directly in a single session for a "
-"user with tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti consente di "
-"dichiarare alcune cartelle condivise come accessibili a tutti gli utenti "
-"sulla macchina. Il protocollo utilizzato é NFS, disponibile sulla maggior "
-"parte dei sistemi Linux e Unix. La cartella condivisa sarà quindi "
-"disponibile direttamente all'avvio. Le cartelle condivise possono essere "
-"anche accessibili direttamente in una singola sessione per un utente con "
-"strumenti quali i file browser."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:36 en/diskdrake--smb.xml:38
-msgid "Procedure"
-msgstr "Procedura"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers "
-"which share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleziona <guibutton>cerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei "
-"server che condividono directory."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Click on the > symbol before the server name to display the list of the "
-"shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-"Clicca sul simbolo > prima del nome del server per visualizzare la lista "
-"delle directory condivise e seleziona la directory cui vuoi accedere."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:47
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:51
-msgid ""
-"The button <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> will be available and you have "
-"to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-"Il pulsante <guibutton>Punto di mount</guibutton> diventerà disponibile e "
-"dovrai specificare dove montare la directory."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:56
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, You can mount it. You can also verify and "
-"change some options with the <guibutton>Options</guibutton> button. After "
-"mounting the directory, you can unmount it with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-"Dopo aver scelto il punto di mount, puoi montarlo. Puoi anche verificare e "
-"cambiare qualche opzione con il pulsante <guibutton>Opzioni</guibutton>. "
-"Dopo aver montato la directory puoi smontarla usando lo stesso pulsante."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:67
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:73
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"On accepting the configuration with the <guibutton>Done</guibutton> button, "
-"a message will displayed, asking \"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab "
-"modifications\". This will make the directory available at each boot, if the "
-"network is accessible. The new directory is then available in your file "
-"browser, for example in Dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-"Accettando la configurazione con il pulsante <guibutton>Fatto</guibutton>, "
-"un messaggio verrà mostrato, domandando \"Vuoi salvare le modifiche a /etc/"
-"fstab\". Questo passaggio renderà la cartella disponibile ad ogni avvio, se "
-"la rete sarà accessibile. La nuova cartella sarà inoltre visibile nel tuo "
-"file browser, per esempio Dolphin."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--nfs.xml:85
-msgid "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--nfs6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:3
-msgid "CD/DVD burner"
-msgstr "Masterizzatore di CD/DVD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:5
-msgid "diskdrake --removable"
-msgstr "diskdrake --removable"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:10
-msgid "diskdrake--removable.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--removable.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --removable</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is found under the tab "
-"Local disks in the Mageia Control Center labelled accordingly with your "
-"removable hardware (CD/DVD players and burners and floppy drives only)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:20
-msgid "Its goal is to define the way your removable disk is mounted."
-msgstr ""
-"Il suo obiettivo è quello di definire il modo in cui il tuo disco rimovibile "
-"è montato."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"At the top of the window there is a short description of your hardware and "
-"the chosen options to mount it. Use the menu on the bottom to change them. "
-"Check the item to be changed and then on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:28
-msgid "Mount point"
-msgstr "Punto di mount"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"Check this box to change the mount point. The default one is /media/cdrom."
-msgstr ""
-"Spunta questa casella per cambiare il punto di mount. Quello di default è /"
-"media/cdrom"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><bridgehead>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:37 en/harddrake2.xml:66
-msgid "Options"
-msgstr "Opzioni"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"Many mount options can be chosen here either directly in the list or via the "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel> submenu. The main are:"
-msgstr ""
-"Alcuni punti di mount possono essere scelti sia qui direttamente nella lista "
-"o via il sottomenù <guilabel>Avanzate</guilabel>. I principali sono:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:45
-msgid "user/nouser"
-msgstr "user/nouser"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--removable.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"user allows an ordinary user (not root) to mount the removable disk, this "
-"option involves noexec, nosuid and nodev. The user who mounted the disk is "
-"the only one who can umount it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:11
-msgid "Access Windows (SMB) shared drives and directories"
-msgstr "Accedi a dischi e cartelle condivise con Windows (SMB)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:14
-msgid "diskdrake --smb"
-msgstr "diskdrake --smb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento da linea di comando digitando come root: "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake --smb</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to declare "
-"which shared directories to be accessible to all users on the machine. The "
-"protocol used for this is SMB which has been popularized on Windows(R) "
-"systems. The shared directory will be available directly at boot. Shared "
-"directories can be also accessed directly in a single session by a user with "
-"tools such as file browsers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Before starting the tool, it is a good idea to declare the names of "
-"available servers, for example with <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"Prima di avviare l'opzione, è una buona idea di dichiarare il nome del "
-"server disponibile, per esempio <xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"Select <guibutton>search servers</guibutton> to obtain a list of servers who "
-"share directories."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleziona <guibutton>ricerca server</guibutton> per ottenere una lista dei "
-"server che condividono cartelle."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"Click on the server name and on &gt; before the server name to display the "
-"list of the shared directories and select the directory you want to access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mount point</guibutton> button will become available, you "
-"have to specify where to mount the directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:52
-msgid "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"After choosing the mount point, it can be mounted with the <guimenu>Mount "
-"button</guimenu>. You can also verify and change some options with the "
-"<guibutton>Options</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"In options, you can specify the user name and the password of those able to "
-"connect to the SMB server. After mounting the directory, you can unmount it "
-"with the same button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:66
-msgid "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:72
-msgid "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration with the Done button, a message will ask "
-"\"Do you want to save the /etc/fstab modifications\". Saving, will allow "
-"directory to made available at each boot, if the network is accessible. The "
-"new directory is then available in your file browser, for example in dolphin."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/diskdrake--smb.xml:84
-msgid "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-msgstr "diskdrake--smb5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:3
-msgid "3D Desktop Effects"
-msgstr "Effetti Schermo 3D"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:5
-msgid "drak3d"
-msgstr "drak3d"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:10
-msgid "drak3d.png"
-msgstr "drak3d.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drak3d</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lets you manage the 3D "
-"desktop effects on your operating system. 3D effects are turned off by "
-"default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:25
-msgid "Getting Started"
-msgstr "Iniziamo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"To use this tool, you need to have the glxinfo package installed. If the "
-"package is not installed, you will be prompted to do so before drak3d can "
-"start."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"After starting drak3d, you will be presented with a menu window. Here you "
-"can choose either <guilabel>No 3D Desktop Effects</guilabel> or "
-"<guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel>. Compiz Fusion is part of a composite/"
-"window manager, which includes hardware-accelerated special effects for your "
-"desktop. Choose <guilabel>Compiz Fusion</guilabel> to turn it on."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"If this is your first time using this program after a clean installation of "
-"Mageia, you will get a warning message telling you which packages need to be "
-"installed in order to use Compiz Fusion. Click on the <guibutton>Ok</"
-"guibutton> button to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:45
-msgid "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_installing_CompizFusion.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Once the appropriate packages are installed, you will notice that Compiz "
-"Fusion is selected in the drak3d menu, but you must log out and log back in "
-"for the changes to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"After logging back in, Compiz Fusion will be activated. To configure Compiz "
-"Fusion, see the page for the ccsm (CompizConfig Settings Manager) tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:59
-msgid "Troubleshooting"
-msgstr "Risoluzione problemi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:62
-msgid "Can't See Desktop after Logging in"
-msgstr "Non vedo lo schermo dopo il log in"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"If after turning on Compiz Fusion you attempt to log back into your desktop "
-"but can't see anything, restart your computer to get back to the log in "
-"screen. Once there, click on the Desktop icon and select drak3d."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:71
-msgid "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-msgstr "drak3d_troubleshooting_login_option.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drak3d.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"When you log in, if your account is listed as an administrator, you will be "
-"prompted for your password again. Otherwise, use the administrator login "
-"with his/her account. Then you can undo any changes that may have caused the "
-"log in problem."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:9
-msgid "Authentication"
-msgstr "Autenticazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:11
-msgid "drakauth"
-msgstr "drakauth"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:16
-msgid "drakauth.png"
-msgstr "drakauth.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakauth</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> enables you to modify the "
-"manner in which you can be recognized as user of the machine or on the net."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakauth.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"By default, information for your authentication is stored in a file on your "
-"computer. Modify it only if your network administrator invites you to do so "
-"and give information about that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:3
-msgid "Set up autologin to automatically log in"
-msgstr "Imposta l'accesso automatico"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:6
-msgid "drakautologin"
-msgstr "drakautologin"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:11
-msgid "drakautologin.png"
-msgstr "drakautologin.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakautologin</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo tool da linea di comando scrivendo <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakautologin</emphasis> come root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to "
-"automatically login the same user, in her/his desktop environment, without "
-"asking for any password. It's called autologin. This is generally a good "
-"idea when there is only one user like to be using the machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Boot</emphasis> tab in the "
-"Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up autologin to automatically log in\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:26
-msgid "The interface buttons are pretty obvious:"
-msgstr "I bottoni di interfaccia sono piuttosto semplici:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"Check <guibutton>Launch the graphical environment when your system starts</"
-"guibutton>, if you want X Window System to be executed after the boot. If "
-"not, the system will start in text mode. Nevertheless, it will be possible "
-"to launch the graphic interface manually. This can be done by launching the "
-"command 'startx' or 'systemctl start dm'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakautologin.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If the first box is checked, two other options are available, check either "
-"<guibutton>No, I don't want autologin</guibutton>, if you want the system to "
-"continue to ask for which user to connect (and password) or check "
-"<guibutton>Yes, I want autologin with this (user, desktop)</guibutton>, if "
-"needed. In this case, you also need to supply the <guilabel>Default "
-"username</guilabel> and the <guilabel>Default desktop</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:3
-msgid "Set up boot system"
-msgstr "Configura l'avvio del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:5
-msgid "drakboot"
-msgstr "drakboot"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:10
-msgid "drakboot--boot.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If you are using a UEFI system instead of BIOS, the user interface is "
-"slightly different as the boot device is obviously the EFI system Partition "
-"(ESP)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:20
-msgid "drakboot--boot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot--boot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakboot</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"the boot options (choice of the bootloader, set a password, the default "
-"boot, etc.)"
-msgstr ""
-"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti permette di "
-"accedere alla console che viene automaticamente aperta come root. Non "
-"pensiamo che tu debba sapere altro al riguardo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It is found under the Boot tab in the Mageia Control Center labeled \"Set up "
-"boot system\"."
-msgstr ""
-"Si trova nel Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nella scheda Dischi Locali, "
-"etichettata \"Condividi le partizioni del disco fisso\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Don't use this tool if you don't know exactly what you are doing. Changing "
-"some settings may prevent your machine from booting again !"
-msgstr ""
-"Non usare questo strumento se non sai esattamente quello che stai facendo. "
-"Cambiare alcune impostazioni può impedire alla tua macchina di eseguire il "
-"boot!"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In the first part, called <guilabel>Bootloader</guilabel>, it is possible if "
-"using BIOS, to choose which <guibutton>Bootloader to use</guibutton>, Grub, "
-"Grub2 or Lilo, and with a graphical or a text menu. It is just a question "
-"of taste, there are no other consequences. You can also set the "
-"<guibutton>Boot device</guibutton>, don't change anything here unless you "
-"are an expert. The boot device is where the bootloader is installed and any "
-"modification can prevent your machine from booting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"In a UEFI system, the bootloader is <guilabel>Grub2-efi</guilabel> and is "
-"installed in /boot/EFI partition. This FAT32 formatted partition is common "
-"to all operating systems installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"In the second part, called <guilabel>Main options</guilabel>, you can set "
-"the <guibutton>Delay before booting default image</guibutton>, in seconds. "
-"During this delay, Grub or Lilo will display the list of available operating "
-"systems, prompting you to make your choice. If no selection is made, the "
-"bootloader will boot the default one once the delay elapses."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"In the third and last part, called <guibutton>Security</guibutton>, it is "
-"possible to set a password for the bootloader. This means a username and "
-"password will be asked at the boot time to select a booting entry or change "
-"settings. The username is \"root\" and the password is the one chosen here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:63
-msgid "The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button gives some extra options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:66
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable ACPI:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"ACPI (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface) is a standard for the "
-"power management. It can save energy by stopping unused devices, this was "
-"the method used before APM. Check this box if your hardware is ACPI "
-"compatible."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:73
-msgid "<guibutton>Enable SMP:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Abilita SMP:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"SMP stands for Symmetric Multi Processors, it's an architecture for "
-"multicore processors."
-msgstr ""
-"SMP sta per Symmetric Multi Processors, è un'architettura per processori "
-"multicore."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"If you have a processor with HyperThreading, Mageia will see it as a dual "
-"processor and enable SMP."
-msgstr ""
-"Se hai un processore con HyperThreading Mageia lo vedrà come un processore "
-"dual e abiliterà SMP."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable APIC</guibutton> and <guibutton>Enable Local APIC:</"
-"guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"APIC stands for Advanced Programmable Interrupt Controller. There are two "
-"components in the Intel APIC system, the local APIC (LAPIC) and the I/O "
-"APIC. The latter one routes the interrupts it receives from peripheral buses "
-"to one or more local APICs that are in the processor. It is really useful "
-"for multi-processor systems. Some computers have problems with the APIC "
-"system which can cause freezes or incorrect device detection (error message "
-"\"spurious 8259A interrupt: IRQ7\"). In this case, disable APIC and/or Local "
-"APIC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:97
-msgid "drakboot1.png"
-msgstr "drakboot1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Next</guibutton> screen differs depending on which boot "
-"loader you chose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:106
-msgid "You have Grub Legacy or Lilo:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:108
-msgid ""
-"In this case, you can see the list of all the available entries at boot "
-"time. The default one is asterisked. To change the order of the menu "
-"entries, click on the up or down arrows to move the selected item. If you "
-"click on the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> or <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> "
-"buttons, a new window appears to add a new entry in the bootloader menu or "
-"to modify an existing one. You need to be familiar with Lilo or Grub to be "
-"able to use these tools."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:118
-msgid "drakboot2.png"
-msgstr "drakboot2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Label</guilabel> field is freeform, write here what you want "
-"to be displayed in the menu. It matches the Grub command \"title\". For "
-"example: Mageia3."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Image</guilabel> field contains the kernel name. It matches "
-"the Grub command \"kernel\". For example /boot/vmlinuz."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Root</guilabel> field contains the device name where the "
-"kernel is stored. It matches the Grub command \"root\". For example (hd0,1)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:133 en/drakboot.xml:160
-msgid ""
-"The <guilabel>Append</guilabel> field contains the options to be given to "
-"the kernel at boot time."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:136
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Default</guilabel> is checked, Grub will boot this "
-"entry by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>, an <guilabel>initrd</guilabel> "
-"file and a <guilabel>network profile</guilabel>, see <xref linkend="
-"\"draknetprofile\"/>, in the drop-down lists."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:147
-msgid ""
-"You have Grub2 or Grub2-efi (boot loaders used by default respectively in "
-"Legacy mode and UEFI mode):"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:150
-msgid ""
-"In this case, the drop-down list labelled <guilabel>Default</guilabel> "
-"displays all the available entries; click on the one wanted as the default "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:156
-msgid "drakboot3.png"
-msgstr "drakboot3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:163
-msgid ""
-"If you have other operating systems installed, Mageia attempts to add them "
-"to your Mageia boot menu. If you don't want this behaviour, uncheck the box "
-"<guilabel>Probe Foreign OS</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"In the extra screen called <guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>, it is possible to "
-"choose the <guilabel>Video mode</guilabel>. If you don't want a bootable "
-"Mageia, but to chain load it from another OS, check the box <guilabel>Do not "
-"touch ESP or MBR</guilabel> and accept the warning."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:175
-msgid "drakboot6.png"
-msgstr "drakboot6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"Not installing on ESP or MBR means that the installation is not bootable "
-"unless chain loaded from another OS."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"To set many other parameters, you can use the tool named <emphasis>Grub "
-"Customizer</emphasis>, available in the Mageia repositories (see below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakboot.xml:190
-msgid "drakboot4.png"
-msgstr "drakboot4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:11
-msgid "Collect Logs and System Information for Bug Reports"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:12
-msgid "drakbug_report"
-msgstr "drakbug_report"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug_report</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"It is advised to write the output of this command to a file, for instance by "
-"doing <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakbug_report > drakbugreport.txt</emphasis>, "
-"but make sure you have enough disk space first: the file can easily be "
-"several GBs large."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The output is far too large to attach to a bug report without first removing "
-"the unneeded parts."
-msgstr ""
-"L'output è troppo grande per essere allegato a un bug report senza "
-"cancellare le parti non necessarie."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:26
-msgid "This command collects the following information on your system:"
-msgstr "Questo comando raccoglie le seguenti informazioni sul tuo sistema:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:29
-msgid "lspci"
-msgstr "lspci"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:30
-msgid "pci_devices"
-msgstr "pci_devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:31
-msgid "dmidecode"
-msgstr "dmidecode"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:32
-msgid "fdisk"
-msgstr "fdisk"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:33
-msgid "scsi"
-msgstr "scsi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:34
-msgid "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-msgstr "/sys/bus/scsi/devices"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:35
-msgid "lsmod"
-msgstr "lsmod"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:36
-msgid "cmdline"
-msgstr "cmdline"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:37
-msgid "pcmcia: stab"
-msgstr "pcmcia: stab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:38
-msgid "usb"
-msgstr "usb"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:39
-msgid "partitions"
-msgstr "partizioni"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:40
-msgid "cpuinfo"
-msgstr "cpuinfo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:41
-msgid "syslog"
-msgstr "syslog"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:42
-msgid "Xorg.log"
-msgstr "Xorg.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:43
-msgid "monitor_full_edid"
-msgstr "monitor_full_edid"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:44
-msgid "stage1.log"
-msgstr "stage1.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:45
-msgid "ddebug.log"
-msgstr "ddebug.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:46
-msgid "install.log"
-msgstr "install.log"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:47
-msgid "fstab"
-msgstr "fstab"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:48
-msgid "modprobe.conf"
-msgstr "modprobe.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:49
-msgid "lilo.conf"
-msgstr "lilo.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:50
-msgid "grub: menu.lst"
-msgstr "grub: menu.lst"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:51
-msgid "grub: install.sh"
-msgstr "grub: install.sh"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:52
-msgid "grub: device.map"
-msgstr "grub: device.map"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:53
-msgid "xorg.conf"
-msgstr "xorg.conf"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:54
-msgid "urpmi.cfg"
-msgstr "urpmi.cfg"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:55
-msgid "modprobe.preload"
-msgstr "modprobe.preload"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:56
-msgid "sysconfig/i18n"
-msgstr "sysconfig/i18n"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:57
-msgid "/proc/iomem"
-msgstr "/proc/iomem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:58
-msgid "/proc/ioport"
-msgstr "/proc/ioport"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:59
-msgid "mageia version"
-msgstr "Versione di Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:60
-msgid "rpm -qa"
-msgstr "rpm -qa"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:61
-msgid "df"
-msgstr "df"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakbug_report.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"At the time this help page was written, the \"syslog\" part of this "
-"command's output was empty, because this tool had not yet been adjusted to "
-"our switch to systemd. If it is still empty, you can retrieve the \"syslog\" "
-"by doing (as root) <emphasis role=\"bold\"> journalctl -a > journalctl.txt</"
-"emphasis>. If you don't have a lot of diskspace, you can, for instance, take "
-"the last 5000 lines of the log instead with: <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">journalctl -a | tail -n5000 > journalctl5000.txt</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "Mageia Bug Report Tool"
-msgstr "Strumento per la segnalazione di bug di Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:9
-msgid "drakbug"
-msgstr "drakbug"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:15
-msgid "drakbug.png"
-msgstr "drakbug.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakbug</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"Usually, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> starts "
-"automatically when a Mageia tool crashes. However, it is also possible that, "
-"after filing a bug report, you are asked to start this tool to check some of "
-"the information it gives, and then provide that in that existing bug report."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"If a new bug report needs to be filed and you are not used to doing that, "
-"then please read <link xlink:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/"
-"How_to_report_a_bug_properly\">How to report a bug report properly</link> "
-"before clicking on the \"Report\" button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakbug.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"In case the bug has already been filed by someone else (the error message "
-"that drakbug gave will be the same, then), it is useful to add a comment to "
-"that existing report that you saw the bug, too."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:3
-msgid "Manage date and time"
-msgstr "Modifica data e ora"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:5
-msgid "drakclock"
-msgstr "drakclock"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:10
-msgid "drakclock.png"
-msgstr "drakclock.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakclock</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the tab "
-"System in the Mageia Control Center labelled <guilabel>\"Manage date and time"
-"\"</guilabel>. In some desktop environments it is also available by a right "
-"click / Adjust date and Time ... on the clock in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:21
-msgid "It's a very simple tool."
-msgstr "E' uno strumento molto semplice da usare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"On the upper left part, is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">calendar</emphasis>. "
-"On the screenshot above, the date is September (on the upper left), 2012 (on "
-"the upper right), the 2nd (in blue) and it is a Sunday. Select the month "
-"(or year) by clicking on the little arrows on each side of September (or "
-"2012). Select the day by clicking on its number."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"On the bottom left is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Network Time Protocol</"
-"emphasis> synchronising, it is possible to have a clock always on time by "
-"synchronising it with a server. Check <guilabel>Enable Network Time "
-"Protocol</guilabel> and choose the closest server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"On the right part is the <emphasis role=\"bold\">clock</emphasis>. It's "
-"useless to set the clock if NTP is enabled. Three boxes display hours, "
-"minutes and seconds (15, 28 and 22 on the screenshot). Use the little arrows "
-"to set the clock to the correct time. The format can't be changed here, see "
-"your desktop environment settings for that."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"At least, on the bottom right, select your time zone by clicking on the "
-"<guibutton>Change Time Zone</guibutton> button and choosing in the list the "
-"nearest town."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakclock.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Even if it isn't possible to choose a date or time format in this tool, they "
-"will be displayed on your desktop in accordance with the localisation "
-"settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "Remove a connection"
-msgstr "Rimuovi una connessione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:3
-msgid "drakconnect --del"
-msgstr "drakconnect --del"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:8
-msgid "drakconnect--del.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect--del.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect --del</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here, you can delete a network interface<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-"Qui puoi cancellare un'interfaccia network<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"Click on the drop down menu, choose the one you want to remove and then "
-"click <emphasis>next</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect--del.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You'll see a message that the network interface has been deleted "
-"successfully."
-msgstr ""
-"Vedrai un messaggio che l'interfaccia network è stata cancellata con "
-"successo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, ADSL, ...)"
-msgstr "Configura una nuova interfaccia di rete (lan, adsl, wifi...)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:6
-msgid "drakconnect"
-msgstr "drakconnect"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:11
-msgid "drakconnect.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconnect</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo tool da linea di comando scrivendo <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">drakconnect</emphasis> come root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure much "
-"of local network or Internet access. You have to know some information from "
-"your access provider or your network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"Select the type of connection you want to set, according to which hardware "
-"and provider you have."
-msgstr ""
-"Seleziona il tipo di connessione che vuoi impostare in base a quale hardware "
-"e provider possiedi."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:30
-msgid "A new Wired connection (Ethernet)"
-msgstr "Una nuova connessione cablata (Ethernet)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:34 en/drakconnect.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"The first window lists the interfaces which are available. Select the one "
-"to configure."
-msgstr ""
-"La prima finestra mostra le interfacce disponibili. Scegliere quella da "
-"configurare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:39 en/drakconnect.xml:167
-msgid ""
-"At this point, the choice is given between an automatic or a manual IP "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:44 en/drakconnect.xml:187 en/drakconnect.xml:557
-msgid "Automatic IP"
-msgstr "IP automatico"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:62
-msgid "drakconnect5.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:68 en/drakconnect.xml:205 en/drakconnect.xml:572
-msgid "The advanced button give the opportunity to specify:"
-msgstr "Il bottone avanzate permette di specificare:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:72 en/drakconnect.xml:209 en/drakconnect.xml:576
-msgid "Search domain (not accessible, as provided by the DHCP server)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:77 en/drakconnect.xml:214 en/drakconnect.xml:581
-msgid "the DHCP client"
-msgstr "il client DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:81 en/drakconnect.xml:218 en/drakconnect.xml:585
-msgid "DHCP timeout"
-msgstr "DHCP timeout"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:85 en/drakconnect.xml:222
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:90 en/drakconnect.xml:227 en/drakconnect.xml:594
-msgid "Get NTPD server from DHCP (synchronisation of clocks)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:95 en/drakconnect.xml:232 en/drakconnect.xml:599
-msgid ""
-"the HOSTNAME required by DHCP. Only use this option if the DHCP server "
-"requires the client to specify a hostname before receiving an IP address. "
-"This option is not dealt by some DHCP servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:104 en/drakconnect.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"After accepting, the last steps which are common to all connection "
-"configurations are explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:111 en/drakconnect.xml:248 en/drakconnect.xml:615
-msgid "Manual configuration"
-msgstr "Configurazione manuale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Ethernet/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS "
-"servers to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no "
-"HOSTNAME is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:121 en/drakconnect.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address usually looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your service "
-"provider's website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic ADSL would not need "
-"this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:136
-msgid "drakconnect30.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect30.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:142 en/drakconnect.xml:279 en/drakconnect.xml:351
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:458 en/drakconnect.xml:636 en/drakconnect.xml:688
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:780
-msgid "The next steps are exposed at <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:150
-msgid "A new Satellite connection (DVB)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:152 en/drakconnect.xml:696 en/draknetcenter.xml:136
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:142 en/draknetcenter.xml:203
-msgid ""
-"This section hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:158
-msgid "A new Cable modem connection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:172
-msgid "You have to specify a authentication method:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:176
-msgid "None"
-msgstr "Nessuno"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:180
-msgid ""
-"BPALogin (necessary for Telstra). In this case you have to provide User name "
-"and password."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:191
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers "
-"are declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained "
-"below. In the last case, the IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default. "
-"The Hostname can also be provided by the DHCP server with the option "
-"<emphasis>Assign host name from DHCP server</emphasis>. Not all DHCP servers "
-"have such a function and if you're setting up your PC to get an IP address "
-"from a domestic ADSL router, it is unlikely."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:252
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Cable/IP settings</emphasis>: you need to declare what DNS servers "
-"to use. The HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME "
-"is specified, the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is "
-"attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:263
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It would usually be your home domain, i.e. if your computer is "
-"called \"splash\", and it's full domain name is \"splash.boatanchor.net\", "
-"the Search Domain would be \"boatanchor.net\". Unless you specifically need "
-"it, it's ok not to define this setting. Again, domestic connection would not "
-"need this setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:273
-msgid "drakconnect32.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect32.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:287
-msgid "A new DSL connection"
-msgstr "Una nuova connessione DSL"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:291
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects network interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:296 en/drakconnect.xml:663
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:303 en/drakconnect.xml:380
-msgid "Select one of the protocols available:"
-msgstr "Seleziona uno dei protocolli disponibili:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:307
-msgid "Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protocollo Configurazione Dinamica Host (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:311
-msgid "Manual TCP/IP configuration"
-msgstr "Configurazione TCP/IP manuale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:315
-msgid "PPP over ADSL (PPPoA)"
-msgstr "PPP tramite ADSL (PPPoA)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:319
-msgid "PPP over Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-msgstr "PPP su Ethernet (PPPoE)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:323
-msgid "Point to Point Tunneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-msgstr "Point to Point Tuneling Protocol (PPTP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:329
-msgid "Access settings"
-msgstr "Impostazioni di accesso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:333 en/drakconnect.xml:678
-msgid "Account Login (user name)"
-msgstr "Login dell'account (nome utente)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:337 en/drakconnect.xml:414 en/drakconnect.xml:682
-msgid "Account password"
-msgstr "Password dell'account"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:341
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Path ID (VPI)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:345
-msgid "(Advanced) Virtual Circuit ID (VCI)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:289 en/drakconnect.xml:359 en/drakconnect.xml:646
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"orderedlist\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:357
-msgid "A new ISDN connection"
-msgstr "Una nuova connessione ISDN"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:361 en/drakconnect.xml:706
-msgid "The wizard asks which device to configure:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:365
-msgid "Manual choice (internal ISDN card)"
-msgstr "Scelta manuale (scheda ISDN interna)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:369
-msgid "External ISDN modem"
-msgstr "Modem ISDN esterno"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:375
-msgid ""
-"A list of hardware is proposed, classified by category and manufacturer. "
-"Select your card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:384
-msgid "Protocol for the rest of the world, except Europe (DHCP)"
-msgstr "Protocollo per il resto del mondo, eccetto Europa (DHCP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:389
-msgid "Protocol for Europe (EDSS1)"
-msgstr "Protocollo per l'Europa (EDSS1)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:395
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is then offered, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave you. Then it is "
-"asked for parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:402
-msgid "Connection name"
-msgstr "Nome connessione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:406
-msgid "Phone number"
-msgstr "Numero telefonico"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:410
-msgid "Login ID"
-msgstr "ID di accesso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:418
-msgid "Authentication method"
-msgstr "Metodo autenticazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:424
-msgid ""
-"After that, you have to select if you get the IP address by automatic or "
-"manual method. In the last case, specify IP address and Subnet mask."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:430
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how DNS servers address are obtained, by "
-"automatic or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to "
-"put:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:436
-msgid "Domain name"
-msgstr "Nome dominio"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:440
-msgid "First and second DNS Server"
-msgstr "Primo e secondo DNS Server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:444
-msgid ""
-"Select if the hostname is set from IP. This option is to select only if you "
-"are sure that your provider is configured to accept it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:452
-msgid ""
-"The next step is to choose how the gateway address is obtained, by automatic "
-"or manual method. In the case of manual configuration, you have to enter the "
-"IP address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:464
-msgid "A new Wireless connection (WiFi)"
-msgstr "Una nuova connessione Wireless (WiFi)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:468
-msgid ""
-"A first window lists the interfaces which are available and an entry for "
-"Windows driver (ndiswrapper). Select the one to configure. Use ndiswrapper "
-"only if the other configuration methods did not work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:475
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between the different access points that "
-"the card has detected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:480
-msgid "Specific parameter for the wireless card are to provide:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:484
-msgid "drakconnect31.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect31.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:490
-msgid "Operating mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:494
-msgid "Managed"
-msgstr "Con access point (Managed)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:497
-msgid "To access to an existing access point (the most frequent)."
-msgstr "Per accedere ad un punto di accesso esistente (il più frequente)."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:503
-msgid "Ad-Hoc"
-msgstr "Ad-Hoc"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:506
-msgid "To configure direct connection between computers."
-msgstr "Per configurare una connessione diretta fra computers."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:514
-msgid "Network Name (ESSID)"
-msgstr "Nome del network (ESSID)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:518
-msgid "Encryption mode: it depends of how the access point is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:523
-msgid "WPA/WPA2"
-msgstr "WPA/WPA2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:526
-msgid "This encryption mode is to prefer if your hardware allows it."
-msgstr ""
-"Questa modalità di crittografia è da preferire se il tuo hardware te lo "
-"consente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><term>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:532
-msgid "WEP"
-msgstr "WEP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:535
-msgid "Some old hardware deals only this encryption method."
-msgstr ""
-"Alcuni vecchi hardware funzionano solo con questo metodo di crittografia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:543
-msgid "Encryption key"
-msgstr "Chiave di cifratura"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:545
-msgid "It is generally provided with the hardware which give the access point."
-msgstr "E' solitamente fornito con l'hardware che da il punto di accesso."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:552
-msgid ""
-"At this step, the choice is given between an automatic IP address or a "
-"manual IP address."
-msgstr ""
-"A questo punto la scelta è tra un indirzzo IP automatico oppure un indirizzo "
-"IP manuale."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:561
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to select if DNS servers are "
-"declared by the DHCP server or are manually specified, as explained below. "
-"In the last case, IP address of DNS servers has to be set. The HOSTNAME of "
-"the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, the name "
-"localhost.localdomain is attributed by default. The Hostname can also be "
-"provided by the DHCP server with the option <emphasis>Assign host name from "
-"DHCP server</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:589
-msgid "Get YP server from DHCP (checked by default): specify the NIS servers"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:608
-msgid ""
-"After accepting the configuration the step, which is common to all "
-"connection configurations, is explained: <xref linkend=\"drakconnect-end\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:619
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP settings</emphasis>: you have to declare DNS servers. The "
-"HOSTNAME of the computer can be specified here. If no HOSTNAME is specified, "
-"the name <literal>localhost.localdomain</literal> is attributed by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:625
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the IP address always looks like "
-"<emphasis>192.168.x.x</emphasis>, Netmask is <emphasis>255.255.255.0</"
-"emphasis>, and the Gateway and DNS servers are available from your providers "
-"website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:630
-msgid ""
-"In advanced settings, you can specified a <emphasis>Search domain</"
-"emphasis>. It must seem to your hostname without the first name, before the "
-"period."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:644
-msgid "A new GPRS/Edge/3G connection"
-msgstr "Una nuova connessione GPRS/Edge/3G"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:648
-msgid ""
-"If the tool detects wireless interfaces, it offers to select one and to "
-"configure it."
-msgstr ""
-"Se lo strumento trova un'interfaccia wireless, da l'oppurtinità di "
-"selezionarne una e di configurarla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:653
-msgid "The PIN is asked. Leave empty if the PIN is not required."
-msgstr "Il pin è richiesto. Lasciare vuoto se il PIN non è necessario."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:658
-msgid ""
-"The wizard asks for network. If it is not detected, select the option "
-"<guilabel>Unlisted</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:670
-msgid "Provide access settings"
-msgstr "Fornire impostazioni di accesso"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:674
-msgid "Access Point Name"
-msgstr "Nome dell'access point"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:694
-msgid "A new Bluetooth Dial-Up Networking connection"
-msgstr "Una nuova connessione Bluetooth Dial-UP Networking"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:702
-msgid "A new Analog telephone modem connection (POTS)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:710
-msgid "Manual choice"
-msgstr "Scelta manuale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:714
-msgid "Detected hardware, if any."
-msgstr "Hardware identificato, se esistente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:720
-msgid "A list of ports is proposed. Select your port."
-msgstr "Una lista di porte è proposta. Seleziona la tua."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:724
-msgid ""
-"If not yet installed, it will be suggested that you install the package "
-"<emphasis>kppp-provider</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:729
-msgid ""
-"A list of providers is proposed, classified by countries. Select your "
-"provider. If it is not listed, select the option <guilabel>Unlisted</"
-"guilabel> and then enter the options your provider gave. Then it is asked "
-"for Dialup options:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:736
-msgid "<emphasis>Connection name</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Nome della connessione</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:740
-msgid "<emphasis>Phone number</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Numero di telefono</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:744
-msgid "<emphasis>Login ID</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>ID di accesso</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:748
-msgid "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Password</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:752
-msgid "<emphasis>Authentication</emphasis>, choose between:"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Autenticazione</emphasis>, scegli tra:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:756
-msgid "PAP/CHAP"
-msgstr "PAP/CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:760
-msgid "Script-based"
-msgstr "Basata su script"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:764
-msgid "PAP"
-msgstr "PAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:768
-msgid "Terminal-based"
-msgstr "Basata su terminale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:772
-msgid "CHAP"
-msgstr "CHAP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:786
-msgid "Ending the configuration"
-msgstr "Concludendo la configurazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:788
-msgid "In the next step, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Nel prossimo step puoi specificare:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:792
-msgid "<emphasis>Allow users to manage the connection</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Permetti agli utenti di gestire la connessione</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:796
-msgid "<emphasis>Start the connection at boot</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Avviare la connessione al boot</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:800
-msgid "<emphasis>Enable traffic accounting</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:804
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis>Permetti all'interfaccia di essere controllata da Network Manager</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:809
-msgid ""
-"In the case of a wireless connection, a supplemental box is <emphasis>Allow "
-"access point roaming</emphasis> which give the possibility to switch "
-"automatically between access point according to the signal strength."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:816
-msgid "With the advanced button, you can specify:"
-msgstr "Con il pulsante avanzate puoi specificare:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:820
-msgid "Metric (10 by default)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:824
-msgid "MTU"
-msgstr "MTU"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:828
-msgid "Network Hotplugging"
-msgstr "Collegamento a caldo della rete"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:832
-msgid "Enable IPv6 to IPv4 tunnel"
-msgstr "Attiva istradamento IPV6 su IPV4"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:836
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to specify if the connection is to start "
-"immediately or not."
-msgstr ""
-"L'ultimo step ti permetterà di specificare se avviare la connessione "
-"immediatamente oppure no."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconnect.xml:841
-msgid "drakconnect9.png"
-msgstr "drakconnect9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:3
-msgid "Open a console as administrator"
-msgstr "Apri una console come amministratore"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:5
-msgid "drakconsole"
-msgstr "drakconsole"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:10
-msgid "drakconsole.png"
-msgstr "drakconsole.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando come root: "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakconsole</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakconsole.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives you access to a "
-"console which is directly opened as root. We do not think that you need more "
-"information about that."
-msgstr ""
-"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> ti permette di "
-"accedere alla console che viene automaticamente aperta come root. Non "
-"pensiamo che tu debba sapere altro al riguardo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:5
-msgid "Manage disk partitions"
-msgstr "Gestisci le partizioni del disco"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:7
-msgid "drakdisk or diskdrake"
-msgstr "drakdisk o diskdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:12
-msgid "drakdiskBackup.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskBackup.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">diskdrake</emphasis> "
-"as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando come root: "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">drakdisk</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">diskdrake</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is very powerful, a tiny "
-"error or a cat jumping on your keyboard can lead to losing all data on a "
-"partition or even to erasing the entire hard disk. For that reason, you'll "
-"see the screen above on top of the tool screen. Click on <emphasis>Exit</"
-"emphasis> if you're not sure you want to continue."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you have more than one hard disk, you can switch to the hard disk you "
-"want to work on by selecting the correct tab (sda, sdb, sdc etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:32
-msgid "drakdisk.png"
-msgstr "drakdisk.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"You can choose from many actions to adjust your hard disk to your "
-"preferences. Wiping an entire hard disk, splitting or merging partitions, "
-"resizing them or changing the filesystem, formatting or viewing what is in a "
-"partition: it is all possible. The <emphasis><guibutton>Clear all</"
-"guibutton></emphasis> button at the bottom is to erase the complete disk, "
-"the other buttons become visible on the right after you click on a partition."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you have an UEFI system, you can see a small partition called \"EFI "
-"System Partition\" and mounted on /boot/EFI. Never delete it, because it "
-"contains all your different operating systems bootloaders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If the selected partition is mounted, like in the example below, you cannot "
-"choose to resize, format or delete it. To be able to do that the partition "
-"must be unmounted first."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:56
-msgid "It is only possible to resize a partition on its right side"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:58
-msgid ""
-"To change a partition type (change ext3 to ext4 for example) you have to "
-"delete the partition and then re-create it with the new type. The button "
-"<guibutton role=\"bold\">Create</guibutton> appears when a disk empty part "
-"is selected"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:63
-msgid "You can choose a mount point that doesn't exist, it will be created."
-msgstr "Puoi scegliere un punto di mount inesistente, verrà creato."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:68
-msgid "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskMountedPartition.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:72
-msgid ""
-"Selecting <emphasis><guibutton>Toggle to expert mode</guibutton></emphasis> "
-"gives some extra available actions, like labeling the partition, as can be "
-"seen in the screenshot below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakdisk.xml:78
-msgid "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-msgstr "drakdiskExpertUnmounted.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:4
-msgid "Set up display manager"
-msgstr "Imposta il gestore grafico delle sessioni"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:5
-msgid "drakedm"
-msgstr "drakedm"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:9
-msgid "drakedm.png"
-msgstr "drakedm.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakedm</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"Here<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> you can choose which display "
-"manager to use to log into your desktop environment. Only the ones available "
-"on your system will be shown."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakedm.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Most users will only notice that the provided login screens look different. "
-"However, there are differences in supported features, too. LXDM is a "
-"lightweight display manager, SDDM and GDM have more extras."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:3
-msgid "Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr "Configura il tuo firewall personale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:5
-msgid "drakfirewall"
-msgstr "drakfirewall"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:10
-msgid "drakfirewall.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfirewall</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Security tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Set up your personal "
-"firewall\". It is the same tool in the first tab of \"Configure system "
-"security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"A basic firewall is installed by default with Mageia. All the incoming "
-"connections from the outside are blocked if they aren't authorised. In the "
-"first screen above, you can select the services for which outside connection "
-"attempts are accepted. For your security, uncheck the first box - "
-"<guilabel>Everything (no firewall)</guilabel> - unless you want to disable "
-"the firewall, and only check the needed services."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to manually enter the port numbers to open. Click on "
-"<guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> and a new window is opened. In the field "
-"<guilabel>Other ports</guilabel>, enter the needed ports following these "
-"examples :"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:32
-msgid "80/tcp : open the port 80 tcp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:34
-msgid "24000:24010/udp : open all the ports from 24000 to 24010 udp protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:37
-msgid "The listed ports should be separated by a space."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"If the box <guilabel>Log firewall messages in system logs</guilabel> is "
-"checked, the firewall messages will be saved in system logs"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:44
-msgid "drakfirewall2.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"If you don't host specific services (web or mail server, file sharing, ...) "
-"it is completely possible to have nothing checked at all, it is even "
-"recommended, it won't prevent you from connecting to the internet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The next screen deals with the Interactive Firewall options. These feature "
-"allow you to be warned of connection attempts if at least the first box "
-"<guilabel>Use Interactive Firewall </guilabel>is checked. Check the second "
-"box to be warned if the ports are scanned (in order to find a failure "
-"somewhere and enter your machine). Each box from the third one onwards "
-"corresponds to a port you opened in the two first screens; in the screenshot "
-"below, there are two such boxes: SSH server and 80:150/tcp. Check them to be "
-"warned each time a connection is attempted on those ports."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:64
-msgid "These warning are given by alert popups through the network applet."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:69
-msgid "drakfirewall3.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall3.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:75
-msgid "drakfirewall4.png"
-msgstr "drakfirewall4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, choose which network interfaces are connected to the "
-"Internet and must be protected. Once the OK button is clicked, the necessary "
-"packages are downloaded."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><tip><para>
-#: en/drakfirewall.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"If you don't know what to choose, have a look in MCC tab Network &amp; "
-"Internet, icon Set up a new network interface."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:3
-msgid "Manage, add and remove fonts. Import Windows(TM) fonts"
-msgstr "Gestisci tipi di caratteri. Importa tipi di caratteri da Windows (TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:6
-msgid "drakfont"
-msgstr "drakfont"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:11
-msgid "drakfont.png"
-msgstr "drakfont.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakfont</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the <emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab. It "
-"allows you to manage the fonts available on the computer. The main screen "
-"above shows:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:22
-msgid "the installed font names, styles and sizes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:26
-msgid "a preview of the selected font."
-msgstr "un'anteprima del font selezionato."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:30
-msgid "some buttons explained here later."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:36
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Get Windows Fonts: </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"This button automatically adds the fonts found on the Windows partition. You "
-"must have Microsoft Windows installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:41
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Opzioni:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"It allows you to specify the applications or devices (printers mostly) able "
-"to use the fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:46
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Uninstall:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Disinstalla:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"This button is to remove installed fonts and possibly save some place. Be "
-"careful when removing fonts because it may have serious consequences on the "
-"documents that use them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:52
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Importa:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to add fonts from a third party (CD, internet, ...). The "
-"supported formats are ttf, pfa, pfb, pcf, pfm and gsf. Click on the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis> button and then on <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">Add</emphasis>, a file manager pops up where you can select the "
-"fonts to install, click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Install</emphasis> when "
-"done. They are installed in the folder /usr/share/fonts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakfont.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"If the newly installed (or removed) fonts doesn't appear in the Drakfont "
-"main screen, close and re open it to see the modifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:3
-msgid "Parental Controls"
-msgstr "Filtri per la famiglia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:5
-msgid "drakguard"
-msgstr "drakguard"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:10
-msgid "drakguard.png"
-msgstr "drakguard.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakguard</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center, under the Security tab, labelled <guilabel>Parental Control</"
-"guilabel>. If you don't see this label, you have to install the drakguard "
-"package (not installed by default)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:21 en/msecgui.xml:19
-msgid "Presentation"
-msgstr "Presentazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Drakguard is an easy way to set up parental controls on your computer to "
-"restrict who can do what, and at which times of day. Drakguard has three "
-"useful capabilities:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"It restricts web access to named users to set times of day. It does this by "
-"controlling the shorewall firewall built into Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"It blocks execution of particular commands by named users so these users can "
-"only execute what you accept them to execute."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"It restricts access to websites, both manually defined through blacklists/"
-"whitelists, but also dynamically based on the content of the website. To "
-"achieve this Drakguard uses the leading opensource parental control blocker "
-"DansGuardian."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:49
-msgid "Configuring Parental controls"
-msgstr "Configurando il Parental control"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"If your computer contains hard drive partitions that are formatted in Ext2, "
-"Ext3, or ReiserFS format you will see a pop up offering to configure ACL on "
-"your partitions. ACL stands for Access Control Lists, and is a Linux kernel "
-"feature that allows access to individual files to be restricted to named "
-"users. ACL is built into Ext4 and Btrfs file systems, but must be enabled by "
-"an option in Ext2, Ext3, or Reiserfs partitions. If you select 'Yes' to this "
-"prompt drakguard will configure all your partitions to support ACL, and will "
-"then suggest you reboot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:61
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable parental control</guibutton>: If checked, the parental "
-"control is enabled and the access to <guilabel>Block programs</guilabel> tab "
-"is opened."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:65
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block all network traffic</guibutton>: If checked, all the "
-"websites are blocked, except the ones in the whitelist tab. Otherwise, all "
-"the websites are allowed, except the ones in the blacklist tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User access</guibutton>: Users on the left hand side will have "
-"their access restricted according to the rules you define. Users on the "
-"right hand side have unrestricted access so adult users of the computer are "
-"not inconvenienced. Select a user in the left hand side and click on "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> to add him/her as an allowed user. Select an "
-"user in the right hand side and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to "
-"remove him/her from the allowed users."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Time control:</guibutton> If checked, internet access is allowed "
-"with restrictions between the <guilabel>Start</guilabel> time and "
-"<guilabel>End</guilabel> time. It is totally blocked outside these time "
-"window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:83
-msgid "Blacklist/Whitelist tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Enter the website URL in the first field at the top and click on the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:90
-msgid "Block Programs Tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Block Defined Applications</guibutton>: Enables the use of ACL to "
-"restrict access to specific applications. Insert the path to the "
-"applications you wish to block."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/drakguard.xml:96
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Unblock Users list</guibutton>: Users listed on the right hand "
-"side will not be subject to acl blocking."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:9
-msgid "Share the Internet connection with other local machines"
-msgstr "Condividi la connessione Internet con altre macchine locali"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:12
-msgid "drakgw"
-msgstr "drakgw"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:17
-msgid "drakgw.png"
-msgstr "drakgw.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:25
-msgid "Principles"
-msgstr "Principi"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:29
-msgid "../drakgw-net.png"
-msgstr "../drakgw-net.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>This is useful when you have a "
-"computer (3) which has Internet (2) access and is connected also to a local "
-"network (1). You can use computer (3) as a gateway to give that access to "
-"other workstations (5) and (6) in the local network (1). For this, the "
-"gateway must have two interfaces; the first one such as an ethernet card "
-"must be connected to the local network, and the second one (4) connected to "
-"the Internet (2)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The first step is to verify that the network and the access to Internet are "
-"set up, as documented in <xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:45
-msgid "Gateway wizard"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakgw</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"The wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> offers successive steps "
-"which are shown below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"If the wizard does not detect at least two interfaces, it warns about this "
-"and asks to stop the network and configure the hardware."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:60
-msgid ""
-"specify the interface used for the Internet connection. The wizard "
-"automatically suggests one of the interfaces, but you should verify that "
-"what is proposed is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"specify which interface is used for the Lan access. The wizard also proposes "
-"one, check that this is correct."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:71
-msgid ""
-"The wizard proposes parameters for the Lan network, such as IP address, mask "
-"and domain name. Check that these parameters are compatible with the actual "
-"configuration. It is recommended that you accept these values."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:78
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer has to be used as a DNS server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>bind</code> is installed. Otherwise, you have to "
-"specify the address of a DNS server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a DHCP server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>dhcp-server</code> is installed and offer to configure "
-"it, with start and end addresses in the DHCP range."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"specify if the computer is to be used as a proxy server. If yes, the wizard "
-"will check that <code>squid</code> is installed and offer to configure it, "
-"with the address of the administrator (admin@mydomain.com), name of the "
-"proxy (myfirewall@mydomaincom), the port (3128) and the cache size (100 Mb)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"The last step allows you to check if the gateway machine is connected to "
-"printers and to share them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"You will be warned about the need to check the firewall if it is active."
-msgstr ""
-"Verrai avvisato sulla necessità di controllare se il firewall è attivo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:109
-msgid "Configure the client"
-msgstr "Configura il client"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:111
-msgid ""
-"If you have configured the gateway machine with DHCP, you only need to "
-"specify in the network configuration tool that you get an address "
-"automatically (using DHCP). The parameters will be obtained when connecting "
-"to the network. This method is valid whatever operating system the client is "
-"using."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:117
-msgid ""
-"If you must manually specify the network parameters, you must in particular "
-"specify the gateway by entering the IP-address of the machine acting as the "
-"gateway."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:123
-msgid "Stop connection sharing"
-msgstr "Ferma la condivisione di connessione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakgw.xml:125
-msgid ""
-"If you want to stop sharing the connection on the Mageia computer, launch "
-"the tool. It will offer to reconfigure the connection or to stop the sharing."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:3
-msgid "Hosts definitions"
-msgstr "Descrizioni degli host"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:5
-msgid "drakhosts"
-msgstr "drakhosts"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:10
-msgid "drakhosts.png"
-msgstr "drakhosts.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">drakhosts</emphasis> come root: "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"If some systems on your network grant you services, and have fixed IP-"
-"addresses, this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to "
-"specify a name to access them more easily. Then you can use that name "
-"instead of the IP-address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:20
-msgid "<guibutton>Add</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aggiungi</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"With this button, you add the name for a new system. You will get a window "
-"to specify the IP-address, the host name for the system, and optionally an "
-"alias which can be used in the same way that the name is."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:27
-msgid "<guibutton>Modify</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Modifica</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakhosts.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"You can access the parameters of an entry previously defined. You get the "
-"same window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "Advanced setup for network interfaces and firewall"
-msgstr "Impostazioni avanzate per le interfacce di rete ed il firewall"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:3
-msgid "drakinvictus"
-msgstr "drakinvictus"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:8
-msgid "drakinvictus.png"
-msgstr "drakinvictus.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:12 en/draknetcenter.xml:187 en/draknetprofile.xml:12
-#: en/drakups.xml:12 en/drakwizard_bind.xml:12 en/drakxservices.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Doc team.</link> Thanking you in advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakinvictus.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakinvictus</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:10
-msgid "Network Center"
-msgstr "Rete e Internet"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:12
-msgid "draknetcenter"
-msgstr "draknetcenter"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:17
-msgid "draknetcenter.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetcenter</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"Network &amp; Internet tab in the Mageia Control Center labelled \"Network "
-"Center\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When this tool is launched, a window opens listing all the networks "
-"configured on the computer, whatever their type (wired, wireless, satellite, "
-"etc.). When clicking on one of them, three or four buttons appear, depending "
-"on the network type, to allow you to look after the network, change its "
-"settings or connect/disconnect. This tool isn't intended to create a "
-"network, for this see <guilabel>Set up a new network interface (LAN, ISDN, "
-"ADSL, ...)</guilabel> in the same MCC tab."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:43
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-on.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:47
-msgid "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterEthernet-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:52
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-msgstr "../draknetcenterWireless-off.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:56
-msgid "../draknetcenterWireless-on.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"In the screenshot below, given as example, we can see two networks, the "
-"first one is wired and connected, recognizable by this icon <placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/> (this one is not connected<placeholder "
-"type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"1\"/> ) and the second section shows "
-"wireless networks, not connected recognizable by this icon <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"2\"/> and this one <placeholder type="
-"\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"3\"/>if connected. For the other network types, "
-"the colour code is always the same, green if connected and red if not "
-"connected."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"In the wireless part of the screen, you can also see all the detected "
-"networks, with the <guilabel>SSID</guilabel>, the <guilabel>Signal strengh</"
-"guilabel>, if they are encrypted (in red) or not (in green), and the "
-"<guilabel>Operating mode</guilabel>. Click on the chosen one and then either "
-"on <guibutton>Monitor</guibutton>, <guibutton>Configure</guibutton> or "
-"<guibutton>Connect</guibutton>. It is possible here to go from a network to "
-"another one. If a private network is selected, the Network Settings window "
-"(see below) will open and ask you for extra settings ( an encryption key in "
-"particular)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:72
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Refresh</guibutton> to update the screen."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:76
-msgid "draknetcenter1.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:84
-msgid "The Monitor button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:88
-msgid "draknetcenter4.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:92
-msgid ""
-"This button allows you to watch the network activity, downloads (toward the "
-"PC, in red) and uploads (toward the Internet, in green). The same screen is "
-"available by right clicking on the <guimenu>Internet icon in the system tray "
-"-> Monitor Network</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"There is a tab for each network (here eth0 is the wired network, lo the "
-"local loopback and wlan0 the wireless network) and a tab connection which "
-"gives details about connection status."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"At the bottom of the window is a title <guilabel>Traffic accounting</"
-"guilabel>, we will look at that in the next section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:108
-msgid "The Configure button"
-msgstr "Il pulsante Configura"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:110
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - For a wired network</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">A - Per una rete cablata</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:114
-msgid "draknetcenter2.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:118
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to change all the settings given during network creation. "
-"Most of the time, checking <guibutton>Automatic IP</guibutton> "
-"<guibutton>(BOOTP/DHCP)</guibutton> will do, but in case of problems, manual "
-"configuration may give better results."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"For a residential network, the <guilabel>IP address</guilabel> always looks "
-"like 192.168.0.x, <guilabel>Netmask</guilabel> is 255.255.255.0, and the "
-"<guilabel>Gateway</guilabel> and <guilabel>DNS servers</guilabel> are "
-"available from your providers website."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Enable traffic accounting</guibutton> if checked this will count "
-"the traffic on a hourly, daily or monthly basis. The results are visible in "
-"the Network monitor detailed in the previous section. Once enabled, you may "
-"have to reconnect to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow interface to be controlled by Network Manager:"
-"</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:140 en/draknetcenter.xml:185
-msgid "<guibutton>The button Advanced:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:148
-msgid "draknetcenter5.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:152
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">B - For a wireless network</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:154
-msgid "Only the items not already seen above are explained."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:158
-msgid "draknetcenter3.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:162
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Operating mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modalità operativa:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"Select <guilabel>Managed</guilabel> if the connection is via an access "
-"point, there is an <emphasis role=\"bold\">ESSID</emphasis> detected. "
-"Select <guilabel>Ad-hoc</guilabel> if it is a peer to peer network. Select "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Master</emphasis> if your network card is used as "
-"the access point, your network card needs to support this mode."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Encryption mode and Encryption key:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:173
-msgid "If it is a private network, you need to know these settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:175
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>WEP</guilabel> uses a password and is weaker than WPA which uses a "
-"passphrase. <guilabel>WPA Pre-Shared Key</guilabel> is also called WPA "
-"personal or WPA home. <guilabel>WPA Enterprise</guilabel> is not often used "
-"in private networks."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:180
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Allow access point roaming</emphasis>:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"Roaming is a technology which enables allows computer to change its access "
-"point while remaining connected to the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:193
-msgid "draknetcenter6.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:201
-msgid "The Advanced Settings button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetcenter.xml:209
-msgid "draknetcenter7.png"
-msgstr "draknetcenter7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "Manage different network profiles"
-msgstr "Gestisci i diversi profili di rete"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:3
-msgid "draknetprofile"
-msgstr "draknetprofile"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:8
-msgid "draknetprofile.png"
-msgstr "draknetprofile.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draknetprofile.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknetprofile</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:9
-msgid "Share drives and directories using NFS"
-msgstr "Condividi dischi e cartelle tramite NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:11
-msgid "draknfs"
-msgstr "draknfs"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:16
-msgid "draknfs.png"
-msgstr "draknfs.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:24
-msgid "Prerequisites"
-msgstr "Prerequisiti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draknfs</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When the wizard<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is launched for the "
-"first time, it may display the following message:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:33
-msgid "The package nfs-utils needs to be installed. Do you want to install it?"
-msgstr ""
-"Il pacchetto nfs-utils necessita di essere installato. Desideri installarlo?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After completing the installation, a window with an empty list is displayed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:42
-msgid "Main window"
-msgstr "Finestra principale"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"A list of directories which are shared is displayed. At this step, the list "
-"is empty. The <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button gives access to a "
-"configuration tool."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:50
-msgid "Modify entry"
-msgstr "Modifica voce"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"The configuration tool is labeled \"Modify entry\". It may be also launched "
-"with the <guibutton>Modify</guibutton> button. The following parameters are "
-"available."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:58
-msgid "draknfs4.png"
-msgstr "draknfs4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:64
-msgid "NFS Directory"
-msgstr "Directory NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify which directory is to be shared. The "
-"<guibutton>Directory</guibutton> button gives access to a browser to choose "
-"it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:72
-msgid "Host access"
-msgstr "Accesso host"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"Here you can specify the hosts that are authorized to access the shared "
-"directory."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:77
-msgid "NFS clients may be specified in a number of ways:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>single host</emphasis>: a host either by an abbreviated name "
-"recognized be the resolver, fully qualified domain name, or an IP address"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis>netgroups</emphasis>: NIS netgroups may be given as @group."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>wildcards</emphasis>: machine names may contain the wildcard "
-"characters * and ?. For instance: *.cs.foo.edu matches all hosts in the "
-"domain cs.foo.edu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>IP networks</emphasis>: you can also export directories to all "
-"hosts on an IP (sub-)network simultaneously. For example, either "
-"`/255.255.252.0' or `/22' appended to the network base address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:96
-msgid "User ID Mapping"
-msgstr "Mappatura ID utente"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:98
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map root user as anonymous</emphasis>: maps requests from uid/gid "
-"0 to the anonymous uid/gid (root_squash). The root user from the client "
-"cannot read or write to the files on the server which are created by root on "
-"the server itself."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>allow real remote root access</emphasis>: turn off root squashing. "
-"This option is mainly useful for diskless clients (no_root_squash)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:107
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>map all users to anonymous user</emphasis>: maps all uids and gids "
-"to the anonymous user (all_squash). Useful for NFS-exported public FTP "
-"directories, news spool directories, etc. The opposite option is no user UID "
-"mapping (no_all_squash), which is the default setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>anonuid and anongid</emphasis>: explicitly set the uid and gid of "
-"the anonymous account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:118
-msgid "Advanced options"
-msgstr "Opzioni avanzate"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Secured Connection</emphasis>: this option requires that requests "
-"originate on an internet port less than IPPORT_RESERVED (1024). This option "
-"is on by default."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:124
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Read-Only share</emphasis>: allow either only read or both read "
-"and write requests on this NFS volume. The default is to disallow any "
-"request which changes the filesystem. This can also be made explicit by "
-"using this option."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Synchronous access</emphasis>: prevents the NFS server from "
-"violating the NFS protocol and to reply to requests before any changes made "
-"by these requests have been committed to stable storage (e.g. disc drive)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Subtree checking</emphasis>: enable subtree checking which can "
-"help improve security in some cases, but can decrease reliability. See "
-"exports(5) man page for more details."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:141 en/draksambashare.xml:201
-msgid "Menu entries"
-msgstr "Voci del menù"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:143
-msgid "So far the list has at least one entry."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:147
-msgid "draknfs5.png"
-msgstr "draknfs5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:153 en/draksambashare.xml:207
-msgid "File|Write conf"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:155
-msgid "Save the current configuration."
-msgstr "Salva la configurazione corrente."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:159
-msgid "NFS Server|Restart"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:161 en/draksambashare.xml:222
-msgid ""
-"The server is stopped and restarted with the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:166
-msgid "NFS Server|Reload"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draknfs.xml:168 en/draksambashare.xml:229
-msgid ""
-"The configuration displayed is reloaded from the current configuration files."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:10
-msgid "Proxy"
-msgstr "Proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:12
-msgid "drakproxy"
-msgstr "drakproxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:17
-msgid "drakproxy.png"
-msgstr "drakproxy.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakproxy</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"If you have to use a proxy server to access to the internet, you can use "
-"this tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> to configure it. Your net "
-"administrator will give you the information you need. You can also specify "
-"some services which can be accessed without the proxy by exception."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakproxy.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"From Wikipedia, on 2012-09-24, article Proxy server: In computer networks, a "
-"proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts as "
-"an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server. The proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control their complexity."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:3
-msgid "Configure Media"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:5
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:17
-msgid "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-msgstr "drakrpm-edit-media.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><important><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"First thing to do after an install is to add software sources (also known as "
-"repositories, media, mirrors). That means you must select the media sources "
-"to be used to install and update packages and applications. (see Add button "
-"below)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"If you install (or upgrade) Mageia using an optical media (DVD or CD) or a "
-"USB device, there will be a software source configured to the optical media "
-"used. To avoid being asked to insert the media when you install new "
-"packages, you should disable (or delete) this media.  (It will have the "
-"media type CD-Rom)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Your system is running under an architecture which may be 32-bit (called "
-"i586), or 64-bit (called x86_64). Some packages are independent of whether "
-"your system is 32-bit or 64-bit; these are called noarch packages. They "
-"don't have their own noarch directories on the mirrors, but are all in both "
-"the i586 and the x86_64 media."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Software management.</emphasis><placeholder type=\"footnote\" "
-"id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:46
-msgid "The columns"
-msgstr "Le colonne"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:48
-msgid "Column Enable:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to install new packages. Be cautious with "
-"some media such as Testing and Debug, they could make your system unusable."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:54
-msgid "Column Update:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"The checked media will be used to update packages, it must be enabled. Only "
-"media with \"Update\" in its name should be selected. For security reasons, "
-"this column isn't modifiable in this tool, you must open a console as root "
-"and type <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-edit-media --expert.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><bridgehead>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:62
-msgid "Column medium:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Display the medium name. Mageia official repositories for final release "
-"versions contain at least:"
-msgstr ""
-"Mostra il nome del media. I repository ufficiali di Mageia per la versione "
-"finale contengono almeno:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> which contains most programs "
-"available supported by Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Core</emphasis> che contiene per la maggior parte "
-"programmi supportati da Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> which contains some programs "
-"which are not free"
-msgstr ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Nonfree</emphasis> che contiene alcuni software "
-"proprietari"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Tainted</emphasis> free software for which there "
-"might be patent claims in some countries."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:82
-msgid "Each medium has 4 sub-sections:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Release</emphasis> the packages as of the day the "
-"this version of Mageia was released."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Updates</emphasis> the packages updated since "
-"release due to security or bug concerns. Everyone should have this medium "
-"enabled, even with a very slow internet connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Backports</emphasis> some packages of new versions "
-"backported from Cauldron (the next version under development)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Testing</emphasis> which is used for temporary tests "
-"of new updates, to allow the bug reporters and the QA team to validate the "
-"corrections."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:111
-msgid "The buttons on the right"
-msgstr "Il bottone sulla destra"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:114
-msgid "<guibutton>Remove:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Rimuovi:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"To remove a medium, click on it and then on this button. It is wise to "
-"remove the medium used for the installation (CD or DVD for example) since "
-"all the packages it contains are in the official Core release medium."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:121
-msgid "<guibutton>Edit:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Modifica:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Allows you to modify the selected medium settings, (URL, downloader and "
-"proxy)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:126
-msgid "<guibutton>Add:</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>Aggiungi:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Add the official repositories available on the Internet. These repositories "
-"contain only safe and well tested software. Clicking on the \"Add\" button "
-"adds the mirrorlist to your configuration, it is designed to make sure that "
-"you install and update from a mirror close to you. If you prefer to choose a "
-"specific mirror, then add it by choosing \"Add a specific media mirror\" "
-"from the drop-down \"File\" menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:135
-msgid "<guibutton>Up and down arrows:</guibutton>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Change the list order. When Drakrpm looks for a package, it reads the list "
-"in the displayed order and will install the first package found for the same "
-"release number - in the event of a version mismatch, the latest release will "
-"be installed. So if possible, put the fastest repositories at the top."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:145 en/harddrake2.xml:64
-msgid "The menu"
-msgstr "Il menu"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:147
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Update:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>File -> Aggiorna:</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"A window pops up with the media list. Select the ones you want to update and "
-"click on the <guibutton>Update</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:152
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror:</guimenu>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Suppose you aren't happy with the actual mirror, because for example it's "
-"too slow or often unavailable, you can choose another mirror. Select all the "
-"actual media and click on <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to take them out. "
-"Click on <guimenu>File -> Add a specific media mirror</guimenu>, choose "
-"between update only or the full set (if you do not know, choose the "
-"<guibutton>Full set of sources</guibutton>) and accept the contact by "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Yes</guibutton>. This window opens:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:165
-msgid "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-msgstr "drakrpmEditMedia2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:169
-msgid ""
-"You can see, on the left, a list of countries, choose yours or one very "
-"close by clicking on the > symbol, this will display all the available "
-"mirrors in that country. Select one and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:174
-msgid "<guimenu>File -> Add a custom medium:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>File -> Aggiungi un media personalizzato:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:176
-msgid ""
-"It is possible to install a new media (from a third party for example) that "
-"isn't supported by Mageia. A new window appears:"
-msgstr ""
-"E' possibile installare un nuovo media (da una terza fonte per esempio) che "
-"non è supportato da Mageia. Una nuova finestra apparirà:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:181
-msgid "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrakeEditMedia1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:179
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the medium type, find a "
-"smart name that well define the medium and give the URL (or the path, "
-"according to the medium type)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:187
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Global options:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Opzioni globali:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:189
-msgid ""
-"This item allows you to choose when to \"Verify RPMs to be installed"
-"\" (always or never), the download program (curl, wget or aria2) and to "
-"define the download policy for information about the packages (on demand -by "
-"default-, update only, always or never)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:194
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Manage keys:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Gestisci chiavi:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:196
-msgid ""
-"To guarantee a high level of security, digital keys are used to authenticate "
-"the media. It is possible for each medium to allow or disallow a key. In the "
-"window that appear, select a medium and then click on <guibutton>Add</"
-"guibutton> to allow a new key or to select a key and click on "
-"<guibutton>Remove</guibutton> to disallow that key."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><warning><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:203
-msgid "Do this with care, as with all security-related questions"
-msgstr ""
-"Fai questo con cura, come faresti con tutte le domande relative alla "
-"sicurezza."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:204
-msgid "<guimenu>Options -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-msgstr "<guimenu>Opzioni -> Proxy:</guimenu>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:206
-msgid ""
-"If you need to use a proxy server for internet access, you can configure it "
-"here. You only need to give the <guibutton>Proxy hostname</guibutton> and if "
-"necessary a <guilabel>Username</guilabel> and <guilabel>Password</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakrpm-edit-media.xml:213
-msgid ""
-"For more information about configuring the media, see <link ns2:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Software_management\">the Mageia Wiki page</"
-"link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:10
-msgid "Share directories and drives with Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:13
-msgid "draksambashare"
-msgstr "draksambashare"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:18
-msgid "draksambashare.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"Samba is a protocol used in different Operating Systems to share some "
-"resources like directories or printers. This tool allows you to configure "
-"the machine as a Samba server using the protocol SMB/CIFS. This protocol is "
-"also used by Windows(R) and workstations with this OS can access the "
-"resources of the Samba server."
-msgstr ""
-"Samba è un protoccolo utilizzato in diversi sistemi operativi per "
-"condividere alcune risorse come directories o stampanti. Questo strumento ti "
-"permette di configurare la macchina come un server Samba usando il "
-"protocollo SMB/CIFS. Questo protocollo è anche usato da Windows(R) e le "
-"stazioni di lavoro con questo sistema operativo possono accedere alla "
-"risorse del derver Samba."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:37
-msgid "Preparation"
-msgstr "Preparazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"To be accessed from other workstations, the server has to have a fixed IP "
-"address. This can be specified directly on the server, for example with "
-"<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>, or at the DHCP server which "
-"identifies the station with its MAC-address and give it always the same "
-"address. The firewall has also to allow the incoming requests to the Samba "
-"server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:50
-msgid "Wizard - Standalone server"
-msgstr "Procedura guidata - server autonomo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing<emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\"> draksambashare</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"At the first run, the tools <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> checks "
-"if needed packages are installed and proposes to install them if they are "
-"not yet present. Then the wizard to configure the Samba server is launched."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:61
-msgid "draksambashare0.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"In the next window the Standalone server configuration option is already "
-"selected."
-msgstr ""
-"Nella finestra successiva lìopzione di configuarazione del server autonomo è "
-"già selezionata."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:71
-msgid "draksambashare1.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"Then specify the name of the workgroup. This name should be the same for the "
-"access to the shared resources."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"The netbios name is the name which will be used to designate the server on "
-"the network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:85
-msgid "draksambashare2.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:91
-msgid "Choose the security mode:"
-msgstr "Scegliere la modalità di sicurezza:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>user</guilabel>: the client must be authorized to access the "
-"resource"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>share</guilabel>: the client authenticates itself separately for "
-"each share"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"You can specify which hosts are allowed to access the resources, with IP "
-"address or host name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:110
-msgid "draksambashare3.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:115
-msgid ""
-"Specify the server banner. The banner is the way this server will be "
-"described in the Windows workstations."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:120
-msgid "draksambashare4.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:126
-msgid ""
-"The place where Samba can log information can be specified at the next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:131
-msgid "draksambashare5.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"The wizard displays a list of the chosen parameters before you accept the "
-"configuration. When accepted, the configuration will be written in <code>/"
-"etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:143
-msgid "draksambashare6.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:151
-msgid "Wizard - Primary domain controller"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:155
-msgid "draksambashare13.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare13.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:153
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the \"Primary domain "
-"controller\" option is selected, the wizard asks for indication if Wins is "
-"to support or not and to provide admin users names. The following steps are "
-"then the same as for standalone server, except you can choose also the "
-"security mode:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:164
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>domain</guilabel>: provides a mechanism for storing all user and "
-"group accounts in a central, shared, account repository. The centralized "
-"account repository is shared between (security) controllers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:173
-msgid "Declare a directory to share"
-msgstr "Dichiarare una directory da salvare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:175
-msgid "With the <guibutton>Add</guibutton> button, we get:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:179
-msgid "draksambashare15.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare15.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:184
-msgid ""
-"A new entry is thus added. It can be modified with the <guibutton>Modify</"
-"guibutton> button. Options can be edited, such as whether the directory is "
-"visible to the public, writable or browseable. The share name can not be "
-"modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:191
-msgid "draksambashare16.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare16.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:203
-msgid "When the list has at least one entry, menu entries can be used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:209
-msgid "Save the current configuration in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-msgstr "Salva l'attuale configurazione in <code>/etc/samba/smb.conf</code>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:214
-msgid "Samba server|Configure"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:216
-msgid "The wizard can be run again with this command."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:220
-msgid "Samba server|Restart"
-msgstr "Server Samba|Restart"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><formalpara><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:227
-msgid "Samba Server|Reload"
-msgstr "Servar Samba|Ricarica"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:235
-msgid "Printers share"
-msgstr "Stampanti condivise"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:237
-msgid "Samba also allows you to share printers."
-msgstr "Samba ti permette anche di condividere stampanti."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:241
-msgid "draksambashare17.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare17.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><screenshot>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:239 en/drakvpn.xml:46 en/logdrake.xml:89
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:58 en/rpmdrake.xml:163 en/rpmdrake.xml:173
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:183 en/rpmdrake.xml:193 en/rpmdrake.xml:203
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:238
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:247
-msgid "Samba users"
-msgstr "Utilizzatori di Samba"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:253
-msgid "draksambashare18.png"
-msgstr "draksambashare18.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/draksambashare.xml:249
-msgid ""
-"In this tab, you can add users who are allowed to access the shared "
-"resources when authentication is required. You can add users from <xref "
-"linkend=\"userdrake\"/><placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksec.xml:3
-msgid "Configure authentication for Mageia tools"
-msgstr "Configura autenticazione per strumenti Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksec.xml:6
-msgid "draksec"
-msgstr "draksec"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:11
-msgid "draksec0.png"
-msgstr "draksec0.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksec</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Security</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"It allows to give the regular users the needed rights to accomplish tasks "
-"usually done by the administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:22
-msgid "Click on the little arrow before the item you want to drop down:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksec.xml:27
-msgid "draksec.png"
-msgstr "draksec.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Most of the tools available in the Mageia Control Center are displayed in "
-"the left side of the window (see the screenshot above) and for each tool, a "
-"drop down list on the right side gives the choice between:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"Default: The launch mode depends on the chosen security level. See in the "
-"same MCC tab, the tool \"Configure system security, permissions and audit\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:43
-msgid "User password: The user password is asked before the tool launching."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"Administrator password: The root password is asked before the tool launching"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/draksec.xml:53
-msgid "No password: The tool is launched without asking any password."
-msgstr "Nessuna password: lo strumento parte senza richiedere alcuna password."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:11
-msgid "Snapshots"
-msgstr "Backup periodico del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:12
-msgid "draksnapshot-config"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-configurazione"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:18
-msgid "draksnapshot-config.png"
-msgstr "draksnapshot-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksnapshot-config </emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is available in MCC's "
-"<guilabel>System</guilabel> tab, in the <guilabel>Administration tools</"
-"guilabel> section."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool in MCC for the first time, you will see a message "
-"about installing draksnapshot. Click on <guibutton>Install</guibutton> to "
-"proceed. Draksnapshot and some other packages it needs will be installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Click again on <guilabel>Snapshots</guilabel>, you will see the "
-"<guilabel>Settings</guilabel> screen. Tick <guilabel>Enable Backups</"
-"guilabel> and, if you want to backup the whole system, <guilabel>Backup the "
-"whole system</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"If you only want to backup part of your directories, then choose "
-"<guilabel>Advanced</guilabel>. You will see a little pop-up screen. Use the "
-"<guibutton>Add</guibutton> and <guibutton>Remove</guibutton> buttons next to "
-"the <guilabel>Backup list</guilabel> to include or exclude directories and "
-"files from the backup. Use the same buttons next to the <guilabel>Exclude</"
-"guilabel> list to remove subdirectories and/or files from the chosen "
-"directories, that should <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> be included "
-"in the backup. Click on <guibutton>Close</guibutton> when you are done."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"Now give the path to <guilabel>Where to backup</guilabel>, or choose the "
-"<guibutton>Browse</guibutton> button to select the correct path. Any mounted "
-"USB-key or external HD can be found in <emphasis role=\"bold\">/run/media/"
-"your_user_name/</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksnapshot-config.xml:45
-msgid "Click on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton> to make the snapshot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/draksound.xml:3
-msgid "Sound Configuration"
-msgstr "Configurazione audio"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/draksound.xml:4
-msgid "draksound"
-msgstr "draksound"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:8
-msgid "draksound.png"
-msgstr "draksound.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">draksound</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:11 en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"Draksound deals with the sound configuration, PulseAudio options and "
-"troubleshooting. It will help you if you experience sound problems or if you "
-"change the sound card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>PulseAudio</guilabel> is a sound server. It receives all the sound "
-"inputs, mixes them according to the user preferences and sends the resulting "
-"sound to the output. See <guimenu>Menu ->Sound and video -> PulseAudio "
-"volume control</guimenu> to set these preferences."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"PulseAudio is the default sound server and it is recommended to leave it "
-"enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Glitch-Free</guilabel> improves PulseAudio with some programs. It "
-"is also recommended to leave it enabled."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Troubleshooting</guibutton> button gives assistance with "
-"fixing any problems you may have. You will find it helpful to try this "
-"before asking the community for help."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/draksound.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button displays a new window with an "
-"obvious button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/draksound.xml:30
-msgid "draksound1.png"
-msgstr "draksound1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "Set up a UPS for power monitoring"
-msgstr "Configura un UPS per il controllo dell'alimentazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakups.xml:3
-msgid "drakups"
-msgstr "drakups"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakups.xml:8
-msgid "drakups.png"
-msgstr "drakups.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakups.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakups</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:3
-msgid "Configure VPN Connection to secure network access"
-msgstr "Configura la connessione VPN per rendere sicuro l'accesso al network"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:6
-msgid "drakvpn"
-msgstr "drakvpn"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:11
-msgid "drakvpn1.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakvpn</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows to configure "
-"secure access to a remote network establishing a tunnel between the local "
-"workstation and the remote network. We discuss here only of the "
-"configuration on the workstation side. We assume that the remote network is "
-"already in operation, and that you have the connection information from the "
-"network administrator, like a .pcf configuration file ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:30
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configurazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"First, select either Cisco VPN Concentrator or OpenVPN, depending on which "
-"protocol is used for your virtual private network."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:35
-msgid "Then give your connection a name."
-msgstr "In seguito dai un nome alla connessione."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:37
-msgid "At the next screen, provide the details for your VPN connection."
-msgstr "Alla prossima schermata dare i dettagli della tua connessione VPN."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:42
-msgid "For Cisco VPN"
-msgstr "Per VPN Cisco"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:48
-msgid "drakvpn3.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"For openvpn. The openvpn package and its dependencies will be installed the "
-"first time the tool is used."
-msgstr ""
-"Per openvpn. Il pacchetto openvpn e le sue dipendenze verranno installate la "
-"prima volta che lo strumento verrà usato."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:59
-msgid "drakvpn7.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>Select the files that you "
-"received from the network administrator."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:64
-msgid "Advanced parameters:"
-msgstr "Parametri avanzati:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:68
-msgid "drakvpn8.png"
-msgstr "drakvpn8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:72
-msgid "The next screen asks for IP-address of the gateway."
-msgstr "La prossima schermata chiede l'indirizzo IP del gateway."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"When the parameters are set, you have the option of starting the VPN "
-"connection."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakvpn.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"This VPN connection can be set to start automatically with a network "
-"connection. To do this, reconfigure the network connection to always connect "
-"to this VPN."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "Configure webserver"
-msgstr "Configura il server web"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_apache2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard apache2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"web server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:15
-msgid "What is a web server?"
-msgstr "Cos'è un server web?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"Web server is the software that helps to deliver web content that can be "
-"accessed through the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up a web server with drakwizard apache2"
-msgstr "Impostando un web server con drakwizard apache2"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the web server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:34 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:49
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:34 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"The first page is just an introduction, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-"La prima pagina è solo un'introduzione, premi <guibutton>Avanti</guibutton>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:38 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:38
-msgid "Selecting Server Exposer: Local Net and/or World"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the web server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:49
-msgid "Server User Module"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:56
-msgid "Allows users to create their own sites."
-msgstr "Permetti agli utenti di creare i propri siti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:60
-msgid "User web directory name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"The user needs to create and populate this directory, then the server will "
-"display it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:71
-msgid "Server Document Root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:78
-msgid "Allows you to configure the path to the web servers default documents."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:82 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:83
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:71 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:144
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:105
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Sommario"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:89 en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:91
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:78 en/drakwizard_squid.xml:153
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"Take a second to check these options, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:93 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:82
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:173 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:116
-msgid "Finish"
-msgstr "Finisci"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:96
-msgid "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-web-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_apache2.xml:100 en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:89
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:183 en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:123
-msgid "You're done! Click <guibutton>Finish</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DNS"
-msgstr "Configura DNS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard bind"
-msgstr "drakwizard bind"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_bind.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_bind.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_bind.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard bind</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:3
-msgid "Configure DHCP"
-msgstr "Configura server DHCP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:5
-msgid "drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:10
-msgid "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_dhcp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This tool is broken in Mageia 4 because of new naming scheme for the Net "
-"interfaces"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard dhcp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"<acronym>DHCP</acronym> server. It is a component of drakwizard which should "
-"be installed before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:26
-msgid "What is DHCP?"
-msgstr "Cos'è DHCP?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (<acronym>DHCP</acronym>) is a "
-"standardized networking protocol used on IP networks that dynamically "
-"configures IP addresses and other information that is needed for Internet "
-"communication. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:35
-msgid "Setting up a DHCP server with drakwizard dhcp"
-msgstr "Impostando un server DHCP con drakwizard dhcp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:37
-msgid "Welcome to the DHCP server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:45
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:54
-msgid "Selecting Adaptor"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:58
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Choose the network interface, which is connected to the subnet, and for "
-"which DHCP will assign IP addresses, and then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:68
-msgid "Select IP range"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"Select the beginning and ending IP addresses of the range of IPs you want "
-"the server to offer, along with the IP of the gateway machine connecting to "
-"some place outside the local network, hopefully close to the Internet, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:87
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:96
-msgid "Hold on..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:100
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"This can be fixed. Click <guibutton>Previous</guibutton> a few times and "
-"change things around."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:109
-msgid "Hours later..."
-msgstr "Ore più tardi..."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:113
-msgid "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-dhcp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:121 en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:87
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:189
-msgid "What is done"
-msgstr "Cos'è stato fatto"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:125
-msgid "Installing the package dhcp-server if needed;"
-msgstr "Installare il pacchetto dhcp-server se necessario;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:129
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf</code> in <code>/etc/dhcpd.conf.orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>dhcpd.conf</code> starting from <code>/usr/share/"
-"wizards/dhcp_wizard/scripts/dhcpd.conf.default</code> and adding the new "
-"parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:140
-msgid "<code>hname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>hname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:144
-msgid "<code>dns</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dns</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:148
-msgid "net"
-msgstr "net"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:152
-msgid "ip"
-msgstr "ip"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:156
-msgid "<code>mask</code>"
-msgstr "<code>maschera</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:160
-msgid "<code>rng1</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng1</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:164
-msgid "<code>rng2</code>"
-msgstr "<code>rng2</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:168
-msgid "<code>dname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:172
-msgid "<code>gateway</code>"
-msgstr "<code>gateway</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:176
-msgid "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-msgstr "<code>tftpserverip</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:180
-msgid "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-msgstr "<code>dhcpd_interface</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:186
-msgid ""
-"Also modifying Webmin configuration file <code>/etc/webmin/dhcpd/config</"
-"code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_dhcp.xml:191
-msgid "Restarting <code>dhcpd.</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:10
-msgid "Configure time"
-msgstr "Configura time server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr "drakwizard ntp"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:19
-msgid "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_ntp.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard ntp</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> purpose is to set the "
-"time of your server synchronised with an external server. It isn't installed "
-"by default and you have to also install the drakwizard and drakwizard-base "
-"packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:32
-msgid "Setup a NTP server with drakwizard ntp"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"After a welcome screen (see above), the second one ask you to choose three "
-"time servers in the drop down lists and suggests to use pool.ntp.org twice "
-"because this server always points to available time servers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:43
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:49
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata><info>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:51
-msgid "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-msgstr "<author> <personname/> </author> <pubdate/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:50
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"The following screens allows to choose the region and the city and then, you "
-"arrive on a summary. If something is wrong, you can obviously change it "
-"using the <guibutton>Previous</guibutton>button. If everything is right, "
-"click on the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button to proceed to the test. It "
-"may take a while and you finally get this screen below:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:72
-msgid "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ntp3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:78
-msgid "Click on the <guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button to close the tool"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:89
-msgid "This tool executes the following steps:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:93
-msgid "Installing the package <code>ntp</code> if needed"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Saving the files <code>/etc/sysconfig/clock</code> to <code>/etc/sysconfig/"
-"clock.orig</code> and <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> to <code>/etc/ntp/"
-"step-tickers.orig</code>;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"Writing a new file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> with the list of "
-"servers;"
-msgstr ""
-"Scrivendo un nuovo file <code>/etc/ntp/step-tickers</code> con la lista dei "
-"server;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:109
-msgid ""
-"Modifying the file <code>/etc/ntp.conf</code> by inserting the first server "
-"name;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"Stopping and starting <code>crond</code>, <code>atd</code> and <code>ntpd</"
-"code> services;"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_ntp.xml:119
-msgid ""
-"Setting the hardware clock to the current system time with UTC reference."
-msgstr ""
-"Impostando l'orologio hardware con l'attuale orologio di sistema riferito a "
-"UTC."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "Configure FTP"
-msgstr "Configura server FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "drakwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_proftpd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard proftpd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>FTP</acronym> server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:15
-msgid "What is <acronym>FTP</acronym>?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"File Transfer Protocol (<acronym>FTP</acronym>) is a standard network "
-"protocol used to transfer files from one host to another host over a "
-"<acronym>TCP</acronym>-based network, such as the Internet. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:21
-msgid "Setting up an FTP server with drakwizard proftpd"
-msgstr "Imposta un server FTP con darkwizard proftpd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:23
-msgid "Welcome to the FTP wizard. Buckle up."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:30
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:41
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"Exposing the FTP server to the Internet has it's risks. Be ready for bad "
-"things."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:49
-msgid "Server Information"
-msgstr "Informazioni del server"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:52
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Enter name the sever will use to introduce itself, someone to email "
-"complaints too and whether to allow root login access."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:60
-msgid "Server Options"
-msgstr "Opzioni del server"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:63
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Set listening port, jailed user, allow resumes and/or <acronym>FXP</acronym> "
-"(File eXchange Protocol)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:74
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_proftpd.xml:85
-msgid "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-ftp-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:10
-msgid "Configure proxy"
-msgstr "Configura server proxy"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:12
-msgid "drakwizard squid"
-msgstr "drakwizard squid"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:17
-msgid "drakwizard_squid.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_squid.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard squid</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up a "
-"proxy server. It is a component of drakwizard which should be installed "
-"before you can access to it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:29
-msgid "What is a proxy server?"
-msgstr "Cos'è un server proxy?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"A proxy server is a server (a computer system or an application) that acts "
-"as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from other "
-"servers. A client connects to the proxy server, requesting some service, "
-"such as a file, connection, web page, or other resource available from a "
-"different server and the proxy server evaluates the request as a way to "
-"simplify and control its complexity. (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:40
-msgid "Setting up a proxy server with drakwizard squid"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:42
-msgid "Welcome to the proxy server wizard."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:50
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:60
-msgid "Selecting the proxy port"
-msgstr "Selezionando la porta proxy"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"Select the proxy port browsers will connect through, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:74
-msgid "Set Memory and Disk Usage"
-msgstr "Impostando memoria e uso del disco"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:78
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"Set memory and disk cache limits, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:88
-msgid "Select Network Access Control"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:92
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Set visibility to local network or world, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:102
-msgid "Grant Network Access"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:106
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:111
-msgid "Grant access to local networks, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:116
-msgid "Use Upper Level Proxy Server?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:120
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:125
-msgid "Cascade through another proxy server? If no, skip next step."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:130
-msgid "Upper Level Proxy URL and Port"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:134
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Provide upper level proxy hostname and port, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:148
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:158
-msgid "Start during boot?"
-msgstr "Avviare durante il boot?"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:162
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:168
-msgid ""
-"Choose if the proxy server should be started during the boot time, then "
-"click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:177
-msgid "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-proxy-step10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:193
-msgid "Installing the package squid if needed;"
-msgstr "Installare il pacchetto squid se necessario;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"Saving <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf</code> in <code>/etc/squid/squid.conf."
-"orig;</code>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:202
-msgid ""
-"Creating a new <code>squid.conf</code> starting from <code>squid.conf."
-"default</code> and adding the new parameters:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:208
-msgid "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_dir</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:212
-msgid "<code>localnet</code>"
-msgstr "<code>localnet</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:216
-msgid "cache_mem"
-msgstr "cache_mem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:220
-msgid "http_port"
-msgstr "http_port"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"<code>level</code> 1, 2 or 3 and <code>http_access</code> according to level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:229
-msgid "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-msgstr "<code>cache_peer</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:233
-msgid "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-msgstr "<code>visible_hostname</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_squid.xml:239
-msgid "Restarting <code>squid.</code>"
-msgstr "Riavviando <code>squid.</code>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "OpenSSH daemon configuration"
-msgstr "Configurazione del demone OpenSSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:3
-msgid "drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr "drakwizard sshd"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:8
-msgid "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard_sshd.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakwizard sshd</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can help you to set up an "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:16
-msgid "What is <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-msgstr "Cos'è <acronym>SSH</acronym>?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:18
-msgid ""
-"Secure Shell (SSH) is a cryptographic network protocol for secure data "
-"communication, remote command-line login, remote command execution, and "
-"other secure network services between two networked computers that connects, "
-"via a secure channel over an insecure network, a server and a client "
-"(running SSH server and <acronym>SSH</acronym> client programs, "
-"respectively). (From Wikipedia)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:22
-msgid "Setting up an <acronym>SSH</acronym> daemon with drakwizard sshd"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:24
-msgid "Welcome to the Open SSH wizard."
-msgstr "Benvenuti al wizard di Open SSH."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:28
-msgid "Select Type of Configure Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:31
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"Choose <guilabel>Expert</guilabel> for all options or <guilabel>Newbie</"
-"guilabel> to skip steps 3-7, click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:39
-msgid "General Options"
-msgstr "Opzioni generali"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:42
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:46
-msgid ""
-"Sets visibility and root access options. Port 22 is the standard "
-"<acronym>SSH</acronym> port."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:50
-msgid "Authentication Methods"
-msgstr "Metodi di autenticazione"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:53
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:57
-msgid ""
-"Allow a variety of authentication methods users can use while connecting, "
-"then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:61
-msgid "Logging"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:64
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"Choose logging facility and level of output, then click <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:72
-msgid "Login Options"
-msgstr "Opzioni di accesso"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:75
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:79
-msgid "Configure per-login settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:83
-msgid "User Login Options"
-msgstr "Opzioni di accesso dell'utente"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:86
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:90
-msgid ""
-"Configure the user access settings, then click <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><title>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:94
-msgid "Compression and Forwarding"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:97
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><procedure><step><para>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:101
-msgid ""
-"Configure X11 forwarding and compression during transfer, then click "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:108
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step8.png"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><procedure><step><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakwizard_sshd.xml:119
-msgid "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-msgstr "drakwizard-sshd-step9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "Manage system services by enabling or disabling them"
-msgstr "Attiva o disattiva i servizi del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:3
-msgid "drakxservices"
-msgstr "drakxservices"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:8
-msgid "drakxservices.png"
-msgstr "drakxservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/drakxservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">drakxservices</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:10
-msgid "Hardware configuration"
-msgstr "Configurazione del hardware"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:12
-msgid "harddrake2"
-msgstr "harddrake2"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:17
-msgid "harddrake2.png"
-msgstr "harddrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">harddrake2</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> gives a general view of "
-"the hardware of your computer. When the tool is launched, it executes a job "
-"to look for every element of the hardware. For that, it uses the command "
-"<code>ldetect </code>which refers to a list of hardware in <code>ldetect-"
-"lst</code> package."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:31
-msgid "The window"
-msgstr "La finestra"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:33
-msgid "The window is divided in two columns."
-msgstr "La finestra è divisa in due colonne."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"The left column contains a list of the detected hardware. The devices are "
-"grouped by categories. Click on the &gt; to expand the content of a "
-"category. Each device can be selected in this column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"The right column displays information about the selected device. The "
-"<guimenu>Help -&gt; Fields description</guimenu> gives some information "
-"about the content of the fields."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:43
-msgid ""
-"According to which type of device is selected, either one or two buttons are "
-"available at the bottom of the right column:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Set current driver options</guibutton>: this can be used to "
-"parameterize the module which is used in relation to the device. This must "
-"used by experts only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Run config tool</guibutton>: access to the tool which can "
-"configure the device. The tool can often be accessed directly from the MCC."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:68
-msgid ""
-"The <guimenu>options</guimenu> menu gives the opportunity to check boxes to "
-"enable automatic detection:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:73
-msgid "modem"
-msgstr "modem"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:77
-msgid "Jaz devices"
-msgstr "Dispositivi Jaz"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:81
-msgid "Zip parallel devices"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/harddrake2.xml:83
-msgid ""
-"By default these detections are not enabled, because they are slow. Check "
-"the appropriate box(es) if you have this hardware connected. Detection will "
-"be operational the next time this tool is started."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Impostando il layout della tastiera."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:7
-msgid "keyboarddrake"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:12
-msgid "keyboarddrake.png"
-msgstr "keyboarddrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">keyboarddrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"The keyboarddrake tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> helps you "
-"configure the basic layout for the keyboard that you wish to use on Mageia. "
-"It affects the keyboard layout for all users on the system. It can be found "
-"in the Hardware section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled "
-"\"Configure mouse and keyboard\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:29
-msgid "Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "Layout della tastiera"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"Here you can select which keyboard layout you wish to use. The names (listed "
-"in alphabetical order) describe the language, country, and/or ethnicity each "
-"layout should be used for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:37
-msgid "Keyboard Type"
-msgstr "Tipo di tastiera"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/keyboarddrake.xml:39
-msgid ""
-"This menu lets you select the type of keyboard you are using. If you are "
-"unsure of which to choose, it is best to leave it as the default type."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:10
-msgid "Manage localization for your system"
-msgstr "Impostazioni locali per il sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:13
-msgid "localedrake"
-msgstr "localedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:18
-msgid "localedrake.png"
-msgstr "localedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"You can also start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">localedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can be found in the "
-"System section of the Mageia Control Center (MCC) labelled \"Manage "
-"localization for your system\". It opens with a window in which you can "
-"choose your language. The choice is adapted to languages selected during "
-"installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Advanced</guibutton> button give access to activate "
-"compatibility with old encoding (non UTF8)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"The second window shows a list of countries according to the selected "
-"language. The button <guibutton>Other Countries</guibutton> gives access to "
-"countries not listed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:38
-msgid "You have to restart your session after any modifications."
-msgstr "Devi ricominciare la sessione dopo ogni modifica."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:42
-msgid "Input method"
-msgstr "Metodo di input"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"In the <guilabel>Other Countries</guilabel> screen you can also select an "
-"input method (from the drop-down menu at the bottom of the list). Input "
-"methods allow users to input multilingual characters (Chinese, Japanese, "
-"Korean, etc)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:48
-msgid ""
-"For Asian and African locales, IBus will be set as default input method so "
-"users should not need to configure it manually."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/localedrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"Other input methods (SCIM, GCIN, HIME, etc.) also provide similar functions "
-"and can, if not available from the drop-down menu, be installed in another "
-"part of the Mageia Control Center. See <xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:3
-msgid "View and search system logs"
-msgstr "Visualizza i log di sistema ed effettua delle ricerche"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:5
-msgid "logdrake"
-msgstr "logdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:10
-msgid "logdrake.png"
-msgstr "logdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">logdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found in the Mageia "
-"Control Center System tab, labelled \"<guilabel>View and search system logs</"
-"guilabel>\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:22
-msgid "To do a search in the logs"
-msgstr "Effettuare una ricerca nei registri"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"First, enter the key string you want to look for in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Matching</emphasis> field and/or the key string you want to <emphasis>do "
-"not</emphasis> wish to see amongst the answers in the field <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">but not matching</emphasis>. Then select the file(s) to search in "
-"the <guilabel>Choose file</guilabel> field. Optionally, it is possible to "
-"limit the search to only one day. Select it in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Calendar</emphasis>, using the little arrows on each side of the month "
-"and year, and check \"<guibutton>Show only for the selected day</guibutton>"
-"\". At last, click on the <guibutton>search</guibutton> button to see the "
-"results in the window called <guilabel>Content of the file</guilabel>. It is "
-"possible to save the results in the .txt format by clicking on the <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"The <guibutton>Mageia Tools Logs</guibutton> houses the logs from the Mageia "
-"configuration tools such as the Mageia Control Center tools. These logs are "
-"updated each time a configuration is modified."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:43
-msgid "To configure a mail alert"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>Mail alert</guibutton> automatically checks the system load and "
-"the services every hour and if necessary sends an e-mail to the configured "
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"To configure this tool, click on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Mail Alert</"
-"emphasis> button and then, in the next screen, on the<guibutton> Configure "
-"the mail alert system</guibutton> drop down button. Here, all the running "
-"services are displayed and you can choose which ones you want to look watch. "
-"(See screenshot above)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The following services can be watched :"
-msgstr "I seguenti servizi posso essere esplorati:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:59
-msgid "Webmin Service"
-msgstr "Servizio webmin"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:63
-msgid "Postfix Mail Server"
-msgstr "Server di posta Postfix"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:67
-msgid "FTP Server"
-msgstr "Server FTP"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:71
-msgid "Apache World Wide Web Server"
-msgstr "Server web Apache"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:75
-msgid "SSH Server"
-msgstr "Server SSH"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:79
-msgid "Samba Server"
-msgstr "Server Samba"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:83
-msgid "Xinetd Service"
-msgstr "Servizio xinetd"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:87
-msgid "BIND Domain Name Resolve"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:91
-msgid "logdrake1.png"
-msgstr "logdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"In the next screen, select the <guilabel>Load</guilabel> value you consider "
-"unacceptable. The load represents the demand to a process, a high load slows "
-"the system down and a very high load may indicate that a process has gone "
-"out of control. The default value is 3. We recommend setting the load value "
-"to 3 times the number of processors."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/logdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"In the last screen, enter the <guilabel>Email address</guilabel> of the "
-"person to be warned and the <guilabel>Email server</guilabel> to use (local "
-"or on the Internet)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Display Available NFS And SMB Shares"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:11
-msgid "lsnetdrake"
-msgstr "lsnetdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lsnetdrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lsnetdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This page hasn't been written yet for lack of resources. If you think you "
-"can write this help, please contact <link ns2:href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/"
-"en/Documentation_team\"> the Documentation team.</link> Thanking you in "
-"advance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:3
-msgid "Display Your PCI, USB and PCMCIA Information"
-msgstr "Mostra le informazioni riguardo PCI, USB e PCMCIA"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:6
-msgid "lspcidrake"
-msgstr "lspcidrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">lspcidrake</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> can only be started and "
-"used on the command line. It will give some more information if used under "
-"root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake gives the list of all the connected devices to the computer (USB, "
-"PCI and PCMCIA) and the used drivers. It needs the ldetect and ldetect-lst "
-"packages to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:20
-msgid "lspcidrake1.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:24
-msgid ""
-"With the -v option, lspcidrake adds the vendor and device identifications."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"lspcidrake often generates very long lists, so, to find an information, it "
-"is often used in a pipeline with the grep command, like in these examples:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:31
-msgid "Information about the graphic card;"
-msgstr "Informazioni sulla scheda grafica;"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:33
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep VGA</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:35
-msgid "Information about the network"
-msgstr "Informazioni sul network"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:37
-msgid "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-msgstr "<command>lspcidrake | grep -i network</command>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:39
-msgid "-i to ignore case distinctions."
-msgstr "-i per ignorare la distinzione di maiuscolo e minuscolo."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:41
-msgid ""
-"In this screenshot below, you can see the action of the -v option for "
-"lspcidrake and the -i option for grep."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:46
-msgid "lspcidrake2.png"
-msgstr "lspcidrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/lspcidrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"There is another tool that gives information about the hardware, it is "
-"called <emphasis role=\"bold\">dmidecode</emphasis> (under root)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:3
-msgid "Software Packages Update"
-msgstr "Aggiornamento pacchetti software"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:5
-msgid "MageiaUpdate or drakrpm-update"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate o drakrpm-update"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:10
-msgid "MageiaUpdate.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">MageiaUpdate</emphasis> or <emphasis role=\"bold\">drakrpm-update</"
-"emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management.</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"To work, MageiaUpdate needs the repositories to be configured with drakrpm-"
-"editmedia with some media checked as updates. If they are not, you are "
-"prompted to do so."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:25
-msgid ""
-"As soon as this tool is launched, it scans the installed packages and lists "
-"those with an update available in the repositories. They are all selected by "
-"default to be automatically downloaded and installed. Click on the "
-"<guibutton>Update</guibutton> button to start the process."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"By clicking on a package, more information is displayed in the lower half of "
-"the window. The print<emphasis role=\"bold\"> ></emphasis> before a title "
-"means you can click to drop down a text."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><inlinemediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:38 en/mgaapplet-config.xml:21
-msgid "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-msgstr "MageiaUpdate1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/MageiaUpdate.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"When updates are available, an applet in the system tray warns you by "
-"displaying this red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject\" id=\"0\"/"
-"> . Just click and enter the user password to update the system alike."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:5
-msgid "Boot"
-msgstr "Avvio"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-boot.png"
-msgstr "mcc-boot.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your boot "
-"steps. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:19
-msgid "Configure boot steps"
-msgstr "Configura la sequenza di avvio"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakautologin\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-boot.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakedm\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><title>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:12 en/MCC.xml:4
-msgid "Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr "Centro Controllo Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <book><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:14
-msgid "The tools to configure the Mageia system"
-msgstr "Lo strumento per configurare Mageia"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <book><info><cover><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:17
-msgid "mageia-2013.png"
-msgstr "../mageia-2013.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:21 en/MCC.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The texts and screenshots in this manual are available under the CC BY-SA "
-"3.0 license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"I testi e le schermate di questo manuale sono disponibili sotto CC BY-SA 3.0 "
-"license <link ns6:href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"
-"\">http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:24 en/MCC.xml:9
-msgid ""
-"This manual was produced with the help of the <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> developed by <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-msgstr ""
-"Questo manuale è stato prodotto con l'aiuto di <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"calenco.com\">Calenco CMS</link> sviluppato da <link ns6:href=\"http://www."
-"neodoc.biz\">NeoDoc</link>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <article><info><cover><para>
-#: en/MCC-cover.xml:26 en/MCC.xml:11
-msgid ""
-"It was written by volunteers in their free time. Please contact <link ns6:"
-"href=\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Documentation Team</"
-"link>, if you would like to help improve this manual."
-msgstr ""
-"E' stato scritto da volontari nel loro tempo libero. Contatta <link ns6:href="
-"\"https://wiki.mageia.org/en/Documentation_team\">Team Documentazione</"
-"link>, se vuoi aiutare a migliorare questo manuale."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:4
-msgid "Hardware"
-msgstr "Hardware"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-hardware.png"
-msgstr "mcc-hardware.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to configure your "
-"hardware. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per configurare il "
-"tuo hardware. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:20
-msgid "Manage your hardware"
-msgstr "Configura l'hardware"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"harddrake2\"/><emphasis> = Browse and configure hardware</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksound\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:34
-msgid "Configure graphics"
-msgstr "Configura la grafica"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:36
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configure 3D Desktop effects</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drak3d\"/><emphasis> = Configura effetti desktop 3D</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"XFdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:48
-msgid "Configure mouse and keyboard"
-msgstr "Configura mouse e tastiera"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"keyboarddrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:54
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mousedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:61
-msgid "Configure printing and scanning"
-msgstr "Configura stampanti e scanner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"system-config-printer\"/><emphasis> = Set up the printer(s), "
-"the print job queues, ...</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:68
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"scannerdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:75 en/mcc-network.xml:58
-msgid "Others"
-msgstr "Altro"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-hardware.xml:77
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakups\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:3
-msgid "About the Manual for the Mageia Control Center"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:6
-msgid ""
-"The Mageia Control Center (MCC) has eight different options or tabs to "
-"choose from in the left column, and even ten if the drakwizard package was "
-"installed. Each of these tabs gives a different set of tools that can be "
-"selected in the big right panel."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:8
-msgid ""
-"The ten following chapters are about those ten options and the related tools."
-msgstr ""
-"I dieci capitoli successivi sono relativi a quelle dieci opzioni e ai "
-"relativi strumenti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"The last chapter is about some other Mageia tools, that cannot be chosen in "
-"any of the MCC tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"The titles of the pages will often be the same as the titles of the tool "
-"screens."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-intro.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"There is also a search bar available, which you can access by clicking on "
-"the \"Search\" tab in the left column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:6 en/mcc-localdisks.xml:17
-msgid "Local disks"
-msgstr "Dischi locali"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:11
-msgid "mcc-localdisks.png"
-msgstr "mcc-localdisks.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools to manage or share your "
-"local disks. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per gestire o "
-"condividere i tuoi dischi locali. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di "
-"più."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakdisk\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--removable\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-localdisks.xml:20
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--fileshare\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:4 en/mcc-networkservices.xml:17
-msgid "Network Services"
-msgstr "Servizi di rete"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networkservices.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networkservices.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Sharing</emphasis> are only visible if "
-"the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can choose "
-"between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link below or "
-"on <xref linkend=\"mcc-sharing\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_dhcp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_bind\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:27
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_squid\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:31
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_ntp\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networkservices.xml:35
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_sshd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:4
-msgid "Network Sharing"
-msgstr "Condivisioni di rete"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-networksharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-networksharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:13
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for sharing drives and "
-"directories. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti per condividere i "
-"drivers e le directories. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:17
-msgid "Configure Windows(R) shares"
-msgstr "Configura le condivisioni con Windows(R)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:18
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--smb\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:19
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"draksambashare\"></xref><emphasis> = Share drives and "
-"directories with Windows (SMB) systems</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:22
-msgid "Configure NFS shares"
-msgstr "Configura le condivisioni NFS"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--nfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:24
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknfs\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:27
-msgid "Configure WebDAV shares"
-msgstr "Configura le condivisioni WebDAV"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-networksharing.xml:28
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"diskdrake--dav\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:3
-msgid "Network and Internet"
-msgstr "Rete e internet"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:8
-msgid "mcc-network.png"
-msgstr "mcc-network.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:12
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several network tools. Click on a link "
-"below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di rete. Clicca sul "
-"link seguente per saperne di più."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:18
-msgid "Manage your network devices"
-msgstr "Gestisci i dispositivi di rete"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetcenter\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconnect--del\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:36
-msgid "Personalize and Secure your network"
-msgstr "Personalizza e rendi sicura la rete"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:39
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakproxy\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:43
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakgw\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:47
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draknetprofile\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:51
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakvpn\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-network.xml:61
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakhosts\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:5 en/mcc-security.xml:18
-msgid "Security"
-msgstr "Sicurezza"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:10
-msgid "mcc-security.png"
-msgstr "mcc-security.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:16
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several security tools. Click on a "
-"link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti di sicurezza. "
-"Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"msecgui\"/><emphasis> = Configure system security, "
-"permissions and audit</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfirewall\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:29
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksec\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakinvictus\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-security.xml:37
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakguard\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:4 en/mcc-sharing.xml:17
-msgid "Sharing"
-msgstr "Condivisione"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:9
-msgid "mcc-sharing.png"
-msgstr "mcc-sharing.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"This screen and the one for <emphasis>Network Services</emphasis> are only "
-"visible if the <emphasis>drakwizard</emphasis> package is installed. You can "
-"choose between several tools to set up different servers. Click on a link "
-"below or on <xref linkend=\"mcc-networkservices\"/>to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_proftpd\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-sharing.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakwizard_apache2\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:3
-msgid "System"
-msgstr "Sistema"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:7
-msgid "mcc-system.png"
-msgstr "mcc-system.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:10
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several system and administration "
-"tools. Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-"In questa schermata puoi scegliere tra diversi strumenti e sistemi di "
-"amministrazione. Clicca sul link seguente per saperne di più."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:14
-msgid "Manage system services"
-msgstr "Gestisci i servizi di sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:19
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakxservices\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:22
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:28
-msgid "Localization"
-msgstr "Localizzazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:30
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakclock\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:33
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"localedrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:39
-msgid "Administration tools"
-msgstr "Strumenti di amministrazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:41
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:44
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakconsole\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"userdrake\"/><emphasis> = Manage users on system</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/mcc-system.xml:50
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"transfugdrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:3
-msgid "Configure updates frequency"
-msgstr "Configura la frequenza degli aggiornamenti"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:5
-msgid "mgaapplet-config"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:10
-msgid "mgaapplet-config.png"
-msgstr "mgaapplet-config.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mgaapplet-config</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is present in the Mageia "
-"Control Center under the tab <emphasis role=\"bold\">Software management</"
-"emphasis>. It is also available by a <guimenu>right click / Updates "
-"configuration</guimenu> on the red icon <placeholder type=\"inlinemediaobject"
-"\" id=\"1\"/> in the system tray."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mgaapplet-config.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The first slider allows you to change how frequently Mageia will check for "
-"updates and the second the delay after booting before the first check. The "
-"check box gives you the option to be warned when a new Mageia release is out."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the pointer device (mouse, touchpad)"
-msgstr "Configura il dispositivo di puntamento (mouse, touchpad)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:6
-msgid "mousedrake"
-msgstr "mousedrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:11
-msgid "mousedrake.png"
-msgstr "mousedrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:15
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">mousedrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"As you must have a mouse to install Mageia, that one is already installed by "
-"Drakinstall. This tool allows installation of another mouse."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/mousedrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"The mice are sorted by connection type and then by model. Select your mouse "
-"and click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>. Most of the time \"Universal / Any "
-"PS/2 &amp; USB mice\" is suitable for a recent mouse. The new mouse is "
-"immediately taken into account."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:3
-msgid "MSEC: System Security and Audit"
-msgstr "MSEC: Sicurezza ed controllo del sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:5
-msgid "msecgui"
-msgstr "msecgui"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:13
-msgid "msecgui.png"
-msgstr "msecgui.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">msecgui</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"msecgui<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is a graphic user interface "
-"for msec that allows to configure your system security according to two "
-"approaches:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"It sets the system behaviour, msec imposes modifications to the system to "
-"make it more secure."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"It carries on periodic checks automatically on the system in order to warn "
-"you if something seems dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"msec uses the concept of \"security levels\" which are intended to configure "
-"a set of system permissions, which can be audited for changes or "
-"enforcement. Several of them are proposed by Mageia, but you can define your "
-"own customised security levels."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:45
-msgid "Overview tab"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:47
-msgid "See the screenshot above"
-msgstr "Guarda lo screenshot sopra"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"The first tab takes up the list of the different security tools with a "
-"button on the right side to configure them:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:54
-msgid ""
-"Firewall, also found in the MCC / Security / Set up your personal firewall"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:59
-msgid "Updates, also found in MCC / Software Management / Update your system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:64
-msgid "msec itself with some information:"
-msgstr "msec con alcune informazioni:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:68
-msgid "enabled or not"
-msgstr "abilitato o no"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:72
-msgid "the configured Base security level"
-msgstr "Il livello di sicurezza base configurato"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"the date of the last Periodic checks and a button to see a detailed report "
-"and another button to execute the checks just now."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:86
-msgid "Security settings tab"
-msgstr "Tab impostazioni di sicurezza"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:88
-msgid ""
-"A click on the second tab or on the Security <guibutton>Configure</"
-"guibutton> button leads to the same screen shown below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:94
-msgid "msecgui2.png"
-msgstr "msecgui2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:100
-msgid "Basic security tab"
-msgstr "Tab sicurezza di base"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security levels:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Livelli di sicurezza:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:106
-msgid ""
-"After having checked the box <guilabel>Enable MSEC tool</guilabel>, this tab "
-"allows you by a double click to choose the security level that appears then "
-"in bold. If the box is not checked, the level « none » is applied. The "
-"following levels are available:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">none</emphasis>. This level is intended if you "
-"do not want to use msec to control system security, and prefer tuning it on "
-"your own. It disables all security checks and puts no restrictions or "
-"constraints on system configuration and settings. Please use this level only "
-"if you are knowing what you are doing, as it would leave your system "
-"vulnerable to attack."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:122
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">standard</emphasis>. This is the default "
-"configuration when installed and is intended for casual users. It "
-"constrains several system settings and executes daily security checks which "
-"detect changes in system files, system accounts, and vulnerable directory "
-"permissions. (This level is similar to levels 2 and 3 from past msec "
-"versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:131
-msgid ""
-"Level <emphasis role=\"bold\">secure</emphasis>. This level is intended when "
-"you want to ensure your system is secure, yet usable. It further restricts "
-"system permissions and executes more periodic checks. Moreover, access to "
-"the system is more restricted. (This level is similar to levels 4 (High) and "
-"5 (Paranoid) from old msec versions)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:140
-msgid ""
-"Besides those levels, different task-oriented security are also provided, "
-"such as the <emphasis role=\"bold\">fileserver </emphasis>, <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">webserver</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">netbook</emphasis> "
-"levels. Such levels attempt to pre-configure system security according to "
-"the most common use cases."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"The last two levels called <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_daily </emphasis> "
-"and <emphasis role=\"bold\">audit_weekly</emphasis> are not really security "
-"levels but rather tools for periodic checks only."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:156
-msgid ""
-"These levels are saved in <filename>/etc/security/msec/level.&lt;levelname></"
-"filename>. You can define your own customised security levels, saving them "
-"into specific files called <filename>level.&lt;levelname></filename>, placed "
-"into the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/.</filename> This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised or more secure system "
-"configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:165
-msgid ""
-"Keep in mind that user-modified parameters take precedence over default "
-"level settings."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:170
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security alerts:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Avvisi di sicurezza:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:173
-msgid ""
-"If you check the box <guibutton>Send security alerts by email to:</"
-"guibutton>, the security alerts generated by msec are going to be sent by "
-"local e-mail to the security administrator named in the nearby field. You "
-"can fill either a local user or a complete e-mail address (the local e-mail "
-"and the e-mail manager must be set accordingly). At last, you can receive "
-"the security alerts directly on your desktop. Check the relevant box to "
-"enable it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:182
-msgid ""
-"It is strongly advisable to enable the security alerts option in order to "
-"immediately inform the security administrator of possible security problems. "
-"If not, the administrator will have to regularly check the logs files "
-"available in <filename>/var/log/security.</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Security options:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"underline\">Opzioni di sicurezza:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"Creating a customised level is not the only way to customise the computer "
-"security, it is also possible to use the tabs presented here after to change "
-"any option you want. Current configuration for msec is stored in <filename>/"
-"etc/security/msec/security.conf</filename>. This file contains the current "
-"security level name and the list of all the modifications done to the "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:199
-msgid "System security tab"
-msgstr "Tab sicurezza di sistema"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:201
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the security options on the left side column, a "
-"description in the centre column, and their current values on the right side "
-"column."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:207
-msgid "msecgui3.png"
-msgstr "msecgui3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:211
-msgid ""
-"To modify an option, double click on it and a new window appears (see "
-"screenshot below). It displays the option name, a short description, the "
-"actual and default values, and a drop down list where the new value can be "
-"selected. Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the "
-"choice."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:219
-msgid "msecgui11.png"
-msgstr "msecgui11.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:224
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget when leaving msecgui to save definitively your configuration "
-"using the menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you "
-"have changed the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before "
-"saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:232
-msgid "msecgui10.png"
-msgstr "msecgui10.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:238
-msgid "Network security"
-msgstr "Sicurezza della rete"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:240
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the network options and works like the previous tab"
-msgstr ""
-"Questa tab mostra tutte le opzioni di rete e funziona come quella precedente"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:245
-msgid "msecgui4.png"
-msgstr "msecgui4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:251
-msgid "Periodic checks tab"
-msgstr "Tab controlli periodici"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:253
-msgid ""
-"Periodic checks aim to inform the security administrator by means of "
-"security alerts of all situations msec thinks potentially dangerous."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:257
-msgid ""
-"This tab displays all the periodic checks done by msec and their frequency "
-"if the box <guibutton>Enable periodic security checks</guibutton> is "
-"checked. Changes are done like in the previous tabs."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:264
-msgid "msecgui5.png"
-msgstr "msecgui5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:270
-msgid "Exceptions tab"
-msgstr "Scheda delle eccezioni"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:272
-msgid ""
-"Sometimes alert messages are due to well known and wanted situations. In "
-"these cases they are useless and wasted time for the administrator. This tab "
-"allows you to create as many exceptions as you want to avoid unwanted alert "
-"messages. It is obviously empty at the first msec start. The screenshot "
-"below shows four exceptions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:280
-msgid "msecgui6.png"
-msgstr "msecgui6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:284
-msgid ""
-"To create an exception, click on the <guibutton>Add a rule</guibutton> button"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:289
-msgid "msecgui7.png"
-msgstr "msecgui7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:293
-msgid ""
-"Select the wanted periodic check in the drop down list called "
-"<guilabel>Check</guilabel> and then, enter the <guilabel>Exception</"
-"guilabel> in the text area. Adding an exception is obviously not definitive, "
-"you can either delete it using the <guibutton>Delete</guibutton> button of "
-"the <guilabel>Exceptions</guilabel> tab or modify it with a double clicK."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><title>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:303
-msgid "Permissions"
-msgstr "Permessi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"This tab is intended for file and directory permissions checking and "
-"enforcement."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:306
-msgid ""
-"Like for the security, msec owns different permissions levels (standard, "
-"secure, ..), they are enabled accordingly with the chosen security level. "
-"You can create your own customised permissions levels, saving them into "
-"specific files called <filename>perm.&lt;levelname> </filename> placed into "
-"the folder <filename>/etc/security/msec/</filename> . This function is "
-"intended for power users which require a customised configuration. It is "
-"also possible to use the tab presented here after to change any permission "
-"you want. Current configuration is stored in <filename>/etc/security/msec/"
-"perms.conf.</filename> This file contains the list of all the modifications "
-"done to the permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:318
-msgid "msecgui8.png"
-msgstr "msecgui8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"Default permissions are visible as a list of rules (a rule per line). You "
-"can see on the left side, the file or folder concerned by the rule, then the "
-"owner, then the group and then the permissions given by the rule. If, for a "
-"given rule:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:327
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is not checked, msec only checks if the "
-"defined permissions for this rule are respected and sends an alert message "
-"if not, but does not change anything."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:333
-msgid ""
-"the box <guilabel>Enforce</guilabel> is checked, then msec will rule the "
-"permissions respect at the first periodic check and overwrite the "
-"permissions."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><important><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:337
-msgid ""
-"For this to work, the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic check tab</emphasis> must be configured accordingly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:339
-msgid ""
-"To create a new rule, click on the <guibutton> Add a rule</guibutton> button "
-"and fill the fields as shown in the example below. The joker * is allowed in "
-"the <guilabel>File</guilabel> field. “current” means no modification."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:345
-msgid "msecgui9.png"
-msgstr "msecgui9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:348
-msgid ""
-"Click on the <guibutton>OK</guibutton> button to validate the choice and do "
-"not forget when leaving to save definitively your configuration using the "
-"menu <guimenu>File -> Save the configuration</guimenu>. If you have changed "
-"the settings, msecgui allows you to preview the changes before saving them."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><note><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:353
-msgid ""
-"It is also possible to create or modify the rules by editing the "
-"configuration file <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-msgstr ""
-"È anche possibile creare o modificare le regole editando il file di "
-"configurazione <filename>/etc/security/msec/perms.conf</filename>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:356
-msgid ""
-"Changes in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permission tab</emphasis> (or "
-"directly in the configuration file) are taken into account at the first "
-"periodic check (see the option CHECK_PERMS in the <emphasis role=\"bold"
-"\">Periodic checks tab</emphasis>). If you want them to be taken immediately "
-"into account, use the msecperms command in a console with root rights. You "
-"can use before, the msecperms -p command to know the permissions that will "
-"be changed by msecperms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><section><caution><para>
-#: en/msecgui.xml:363
-msgid ""
-"Do not forget that if you modify the permissions in a console or in a file "
-"manager, for a file where the box <guilabel>Enforce </guilabel> is checked "
-"in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Permissions tab </emphasis>, msecgui will "
-"write the old permissions back after a while, accordingly to the "
-"configuration of the options CHECK_PERMS and CHECK_PERMS_ENFORCE in the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Periodic Checks tab </emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:4
-msgid "Other Mageia Tools"
-msgstr "Altri strumenti di Mageia"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:7
-msgid ""
-"There are more Mageia tools than those that can be started in the Mageia "
-"Control Center. Click on a link below to learn more, or continue reading the "
-"next pages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:11
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug\"/><emphasis>drakbug</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:16
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakbug_report\"/><emphasis>drakbug_report </emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:21
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lsnetdrake\"/><emphasis>TO BE WRITTEN </emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:25
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"lspcidrake\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/otherMageiaTools.xml:29
-msgid "And more tools?"
-msgstr "E altri strumenti?"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Software Management (Install and Remove Software)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:6
-msgid "rpmdrake"
-msgstr "rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:11
-msgid "rpmdrake.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Introduction to rpmdrake"
-msgstr "Introduzione ad rpmdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla riga di comando digitando <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">rpmdrake</emphasis> come root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/>, also known as drakrpm, "
-"is a program for installing, uninstalling and updating packages. It is the "
-"graphical user interface of URPMI. At each start up, it will check online "
-"package lists (called 'media') downloaded straight from Mageia's official "
-"servers, and will show you each time the latest applications and packages "
-"available for your computer. A filter system allows you to display only "
-"certain types of packages: you may display only installed applications (by "
-"default), or only available updates. You can also view only not installed "
-"packages. You can also search by the name of a package, or in the summaries "
-"of descriptions or in the full descriptions of packages or in the file names "
-"included in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:35
-msgid ""
-"To work, rpmdrake needs the repositories to be configured with <xref linkend="
-"\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-"Per funzionare, rpmdrake necessita della configurazione dei repositories con "
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><important><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:43
-msgid "rpmdrake8.png"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"During the installation, the configured repository is the medium used for "
-"the installation, generally the DVD or CD. If you keep this medium, rpmdrake "
-"will ask it each time you want to install a package, with this pop-up "
-"window : <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>If the above message "
-"annoys you and you have a good internet connection without too strict "
-"download limit, it is wise to remove that medium and replace it by online "
-"repositories thanks to <xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"/> ."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><important><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:49
-msgid ""
-"Moreover, the online repositories are always up to date, contains much more "
-"packages, and allow to update your installed packages."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:55
-msgid "The main parts of the screen"
-msgstr "La parte principale dello schermo"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:60
-msgid "rpmdrake1.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:67
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Package type filter:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Filtro per tipo pacchetto:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:69
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to display only certain types of packages. The first "
-"time you start the manager, it only displays applications with a graphical "
-"interface. You can display either all the packages and all their "
-"dependencies and libraries or only package groups such as applications only, "
-"updates only or backported packages from newer versions of Mageia."
-msgstr ""
-"Questo filtro ti consente di visualizzare solo alcuni tipi di pacchetto. La "
-"prima volta che avvi il gestore questo mostrerà solamente le applicazioni "
-"con una interfaccia grafica. Puoi visualizzare sia tutti i pacchetti che "
-"tutte le loro dipendenze e librerie o solo gruppi di pacchetti come le sole "
-"applicazioni, i soli aggiornamenti o pacchetti backported da versioni più "
-"recenti di Mageia."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><warning><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:77
-msgid ""
-"The default filter setting is for new entrants to Linux or Mageia, who "
-"probably do not want command line or specialist tools. Since you're reading "
-"this documentation, you're obviously interested in improving your knowledge "
-"of Mageia, so it is best to set this filter to \"All\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<firstterm> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Package state filter:</emphasis> </"
-"firstterm>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"This filter allows you to view only the installed packages, only the "
-"packages that are not installed or all of the packages, both installed and "
-"not installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:95
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Search mode:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Modalità di ricerca:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"Click on this icon to search through the package names, through their "
-"summaries, through their complete description or through the files included "
-"in the packages."
-msgstr ""
-"Fare clic su questa icona per cercare attraverso i nomi dei pacchetti, "
-"attraverso le loro sintesi, attraverso la loro descrizione completa o "
-"attraverso i file inclusi nei pacchetti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:103
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">\"Find\" box:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:105
-msgid ""
-"Enter here one or more key words. If you want to use more than one keyword "
-"for searching use '|' between keywords, e.g. To search for \"mplayer\" and "
-"\"xine\" at the same time type 'mplayer | xine'."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:111
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Erase all:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:113
-msgid ""
-"This icon can erase in one click all the key words entered in the \"Find\" "
-"box ."
-msgstr ""
-"Questa icona può cancellare in un solo click tutte le parole chiave inserite "
-"nel campo \"Cerca\"."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Categories list:</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"This side bar groups all applications and packages into clear categories and "
-"sub categories."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:125
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Description panel:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pannello di descrizione:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:127
-msgid ""
-"This panel displays the package's name, its summary and complete "
-"description. It displays many useful elements about the selected package. It "
-"can also show precise details about the package, the files included in the "
-"package as well as a list of the last changes made by the maintainer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:137
-msgid "The status column"
-msgstr "La colonna di stato"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:139
-msgid ""
-"Once you correctly set the filters, you can find your software either by "
-"category (in area 6 above) or by name/summary/description using area 4. A "
-"list of packages fulfilling your query and, don't forget, the chosen medium "
-"is shown with different status markers according to whether each package is "
-"installed/not installed/an update... To change this status, just check or "
-"uncheck the box before the package name and click on <guibutton>Apply</"
-"guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:155
-msgid "Icon"
-msgstr "Icona"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:157
-msgid "Legend"
-msgstr "Legenda"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:165
-msgid "../rpmdrake2.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:169
-msgid "This package is already installed"
-msgstr "Il pacchetto è già installato"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:175
-msgid "../rpmdrake3.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:179
-msgid "This package will be installed"
-msgstr "Il pacchetto sarà installato"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:185
-msgid "../rpmdrake4.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:189
-msgid "This package cannot be modified"
-msgstr "Il pacchetto non può essere modificato"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:195
-msgid "../rpmdrake5.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:199
-msgid "This package is an update"
-msgstr "Il pacchetto è un aggiornamento"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:205
-msgid "../rpmdrake6.png"
-msgstr "../rpmdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:209
-msgid "This package will be uninstalled"
-msgstr "Il pacchetto sarà disinstallato"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:147
-msgid "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-msgstr "<placeholder type=\"table\" id=\"0\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:215
-msgid "Examples in the screenshot above:"
-msgstr "Esempi nello screeshot qui sopra:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:219
-msgid ""
-"If I uncheck digikam (the green arrow tell us it is installed), the status "
-"icon will go red with an up arrow and it will be uninstalled when clicking "
-"on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:227
-msgid ""
-"If I check qdigidoc (which is not installed, see the status), the orange "
-"with a down arrow status icon will appear and it will be installed when "
-"clicking on <guibutton>Apply</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:235
-msgid "The dependencies"
-msgstr "Le dipendenze"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><screenshot><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:240
-msgid "rpmdrake7.png"
-msgstr "rpmdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/rpmdrake.xml:245
-msgid ""
-"Some packages need other packages called dependencies in order to work. They "
-"are for example libraries or tools. In this case, Rpmdrake displays an "
-"information window allowing you to choose whether to accept the selected "
-"dependencies, cancel the operation or get more information (see above). It "
-"may also happen that various packages are able to provide the needed "
-"library, in which case rpmdrake displays the list of alternatives with a "
-"button to get more information and another button to choose which package to "
-"install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:10
-msgid "Set up scanner"
-msgstr "Configura uno scanner"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:11
-msgid "scannerdrake"
-msgstr "scannerdrake"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:18
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-"Puoi avviare questo strumento dalla linea di comando digitando "
-"<emphasis>scannerdrake</emphasis> come root."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> allows you to configure "
-"a single scanner device or a multifunction device which includes scanning. "
-"It also allows you to share local devices connected to this computer with a "
-"remote computer or to access remote scanners."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:29
-msgid ""
-"When you start this tool for the first time, you may get the following "
-"message:"
-msgstr ""
-"Quando utilizzi questo strumento per la prima volta potrebbe apparirti il "
-"seguente messaggio:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>\"SANE packages need to be installed to use scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<emphasis>Do you want to install the SANE packages?\"</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>Vuoi installare i pacchetti SANE?\"</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"Choose <emphasis>Yes</emphasis> to continue. It will install <code>scanner-"
-"gui</code> and <code>task-scanning</code> if they are not yet installed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:44
-msgid "scannerdrake.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"If your scanner is identified correctly, so if in the above screen you see "
-"the name of your scanner, the scanner is ready for use with, for instance, "
-"<emphasis>XSane</emphasis> or <emphasis>Simple Scan</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In that case, you might now want to want to configure the <emphasis>Scanner "
-"sharing</emphasis> option. You can read about it in the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannersharing\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"However, if your scanner hasn't been correctly identified, and checking its "
-"cable(s) and power switch and then pressing <emphasis>Search for new "
-"scanners</emphasis> doesn't help, you'll need to press <emphasis>Add a "
-"scanner manually</emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"Choose the brand of your scanner in the list you see, then its type from the "
-"list for that brand and click <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:69
-msgid "scannerdrake2.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:76
-msgid ""
-"If you can't find your scanner in the list, then click <emphasis>Cancel</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"Se non riesci a trovare il tuo scanner nella lista clicca su "
-"<emphasis>Annulla</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:79
-msgid ""
-"Please check whether your scanner is supported on the <link xlink:href="
-"\"http://www.sane-project.org/lists/sane-mfgs-cvs.html\">SANE: Supported "
-"Devices</link> page and ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://forums."
-"mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:87
-msgid "Choose port"
-msgstr "Scegli la porta"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><figure><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:91
-msgid "scannerdrake3.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><figure>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:86
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-"<placeholder type=\"info\" id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id="
-"\"1\"/>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:97
-msgid ""
-"You can leave this setting to <emphasis>Auto-detect available ports</"
-"emphasis> unless your scanner's interface is a parallel port. In that case, "
-"select <emphasis>/dev/parport0</emphasis> if you have only one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"After clicking <emphasis>Ok</emphasis>, in most cases you will see a screen "
-"similar to the one below."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:104
-msgid ""
-"If you don't get that screen, then please read the <xref linkend="
-"\"scannerextrasteps\"/>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:108
-msgid "scannerdrake4.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:117
-msgid "Scannersharing"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:122
-msgid "scannerdrake5.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Here you can choose whether the scanners connected to this machine should be "
-"accessible by remote machines and by which remote machines. You can also "
-"decide here whether scanners on remote machines should be made available on "
-"this machine."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:133
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts : name or IP address of hosts can be added or "
-"deleted from the list of hosts allowed to access the local device(s), on "
-"this computer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:137
-msgid ""
-"Usage of remote scanners : name or IP address of hosts can added or deleted "
-"from the list of hosts which give access to a remote scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:143
-msgid "scannerdrake6.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake6.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:149
-msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: you can add host."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:153
-msgid "scannerdrake7.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake7.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:159
-msgid ""
-"Scanner sharing to hosts: specify which host(s) to add, or allow all remote "
-"machines."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:164
-msgid "scannerdrake8.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake8.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:170
-msgid "\"All remote machines\" are allowed to access the local scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:175
-msgid "scannerdrake9.png"
-msgstr "scannerdrake9.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:181
-msgid ""
-"If the package <emphasis>saned</emphasis> is not yet installed, the tool "
-"offers to do it."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:184
-msgid "At the end, the tool will alter these files:"
-msgstr "Alla fine lo strumento altererà questi files:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:186
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/saned.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:188
-msgid "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/net.conf</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:190
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>/etc/sane.d/dll.conf </emphasis>to add or comment the directive "
-"\"net\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:193
-msgid ""
-"It will also configure <emphasis>saned</emphasis> and <emphasis>xinetd</"
-"emphasis> to be started on boot."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:199 en/system-config-printer.xml:278
-msgid "Specifics"
-msgstr "Specifiche"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:205
-msgid "Hewlett-Packard"
-msgstr "Hewlett-Packard"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:207
-msgid ""
-"Most HP scanners are managed from <emphasis>HP Device Manager</emphasis> "
-"(hplip) which also manages printers. In this case, this tool does not allow "
-"you to configure it and invites you to use <emphasis>HP Device Manager</"
-"emphasis>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:214
-msgid "Epson"
-msgstr "Epson"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:216
-msgid ""
-"Drivers are available from <link xlink:href=\"http://download.ebz.epson.net/"
-"dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this page</link>. When indicated, you must "
-"install the <emphasis>iscan-data</emphasis> package first, then "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> (in this order). It is possible that the "
-"<emphasis>iscan</emphasis> package will generate a warning about a conflict "
-"with <emphasis>sane</emphasis>. Users have reported that this warning can be "
-"ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><info><title>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:231
-msgid "Extra installation steps"
-msgstr "Fasi extra di installazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:234
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that after selecting a port for your scanner in the <xref "
-"linkend=\"choosescannerport\"/> screen, you need to take one or more extra "
-"steps to correctly configure your scanner."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:239
-msgid ""
-"In some cases, you're told the scanner needs its firmware to be uploaded "
-"each time it is started. This tool allows you to load it into the device, "
-"after you installed it on your system. In this screen you can install the "
-"firmware from a CD or a Windows installation, or install the one you "
-"downloaded from an Internet site of the vendor."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:241
-msgid ""
-"When your device's firmware needs to be loaded, it can take a long time at "
-"each first usage, possibly more than one minute. So be patient."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:246
-msgid ""
-"Also, you may get a screen telling you to adjust the <emphasis>/etc/sane.d/"
-"\"name_of_your_SANE_backend\".conf file.</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/scannerdrake.xml:250
-msgid ""
-"Read those or other instructions you get carefully and if you don't know "
-"what to do, feel free to ask for help in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
-"forums.mageia.org/en/\">forums</link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/software-management.xml:5 en/software-management.xml:15
-msgid "Software Management"
-msgstr "Gestione software"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/software-management.xml:10
-msgid "software-management.png"
-msgstr "software-management.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"In this screen you can choose between several tools for software management. "
-"Click on a link below to learn more."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:17
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"rpmdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:20
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Update your system</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-"<xref linkend=\"MageiaUpdate\"></xref><emphasis> = Aggiorna il tuo sistema</"
-"emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:23
-msgid "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-msgstr "<xref linkend=\"mgaapplet-config\"></xref>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/software-management.xml:26
-msgid ""
-"<xref linkend=\"drakrpm-edit-media\"></xref><emphasis> = Configure media "
-"sources for install and update</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:8
-msgid "Install and configure a printer"
-msgstr "Installa e configura una stampante"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:11
-msgid "system-config-printer"
-msgstr "system-config-printer"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:16
-msgid "system-config-printer.png"
-msgstr "system-config-printer.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"Printing is managed on Mageia by a server named CUPS. It has its own <link "
-"ns2:title=\"CUPS\" ns2:href=\"http://localhost:631\">configuration "
-"interface</link> which is accessible via an Internet browser, but Mageia "
-"offers its own tool for installing printers called system-config-printer "
-"which is shared with other distributions such as Fedora, Mandriva, Ubuntu "
-"and openSUSE."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:30
-msgid ""
-"You should enable the non-free repository before proceeding with the "
-"installation, because some drivers may only be available in this way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>system-"
-"config-printer</emphasis>. The root password will be asked for."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:34
-msgid ""
-"Printer installation is carried out in the <guilabel>Hardware</guilabel> "
-"section of the Mageia Control Centre. Select the <guilabel>Configure "
-"printing and scanning</guilabel> tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/"
-">."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:42
-msgid "MCC will ask for the installation two packages:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:45
-msgid "task-printing-server"
-msgstr "task-printing-server"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><blockquote><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:47
-msgid "task-printing-hp"
-msgstr "task-printing-hp"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:50
-msgid ""
-"It is necessary to accept this installation to continue. Up to 230MB of "
-"dependencies are needed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:53
-msgid ""
-"To add a printer, choose the \"Add\" printer button. The system will try to "
-"detect any printers and the ports available. The screenshot displays a "
-"printer connected to a parallel port. If a printer is detected, such as a "
-"printer on a USB port, it will be displayed on the first line. The window "
-"will also attempt to configure a network printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:61
-msgid "Automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Stampante automaticamente identificata"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:63
-msgid ""
-"This usually refers to USB printers. The utility automatically finds the "
-"name of the printer and displays it. Select the printer and then click \"Next"
-"\". If there is a known driver associated for the printer, it will be "
-"automatically installed. If there is more than one driver or no known "
-"drivers, a window will ask you to select or furnish one, as explained in the "
-"next paragraph. Continue with <xref linkend=\"terminate\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:72
-msgid "No automatically detected printer"
-msgstr "Stampante non automaticamente identificata"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:76
-msgid "printer3.png"
-msgstr "printer3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"When you select a port, the system loads a driver list and displays a window "
-"to select a driver. The choice can be made through one of the following "
-"options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:86
-msgid "Select printer from database"
-msgstr "Seleziona una stampante dal database"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:92
-msgid "provide PPD file"
-msgstr "fornisci il file PPD"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:98
-msgid "search for a driver to download"
-msgstr "cerca un driver da scaricare"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"By selecting from the database, the window suggests a printer manufacturer "
-"first, and then a device and a driver associated with it. If more than one "
-"driver is suggested, select one which is recommended, unless you have "
-"encountered some problems with that one before, in this case select the one "
-"which know to work."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:110
-msgid "Complete the installation process"
-msgstr "Completa il processo di installazione"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:112
-msgid ""
-"After the driver selection, a window requests some information which will "
-"allow the system to designate and discover the printer. The first line is "
-"the name under which the device will appear in applications in the list of "
-"available printers. The installer then suggests printing a test page. After "
-"this step, the printer is added and appears in the list of available "
-"printers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:121
-msgid "Network printer"
-msgstr "Stampante di rete"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"Network printers are printers that are attached directly to a wired or "
-"wireless network, that are attached to a printserver or that are attached to "
-"another workstation that serves as printserver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><note><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Often, it is better to configure the DHCP server to always associate a fixed "
-"IP address with the printer's MAC-address. Of course that should be the same "
-"as the IP address the printer of printserver is set to, if it has a fixed "
-"one."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:134
-msgid ""
-"The printer's Mac-address is a serial number given to the printer or "
-"printserver or computer it is attached to, that can be obtained from a "
-"configuration page printed by the printer or which may be written on a label "
-"on the printer or printserver. If your shared printer is attached to a "
-"Mageia system, you can run <emphasis><code>ifconfig</code></emphasis> on it "
-"as root to find the MAC-address. It is the sequence of numbers and letters "
-"after \"HWaddr\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:142
-msgid ""
-"You can add your network printer by choosing the protocol it uses to talk to "
-"your computer over the network. If you don't know which protocol to choose, "
-"you can try the <guilabel>Network Printer</guilabel> - <guilabel>Find "
-"Network Printer</guilabel> option in the <guilabel>Devices</guilabel> menu "
-"and give the IP address of the printer in the box on the right, where it "
-"says \"host\"."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:149
-msgid ""
-"If the tool recognises your printer or printserver, it will propose a "
-"protocol and a queue, but you can choose a more appropriate one from the "
-"list below it or give the correct queue name if it isn't in the list."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:154
-msgid ""
-"Look in the documentation that came with your printer or printserver to find "
-"which protocol(s) it supports and for possible specific queue names."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:160
-msgid "Network printing protocols"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:162
-msgid ""
-"One current technique is one developed by Hewlett-Packard and known as "
-"JetDirect. It allows access to a printer directly connected to the network "
-"via an Ethernet port. You must know the IP-address at which the printer is "
-"known on the network. This technique is also used inside some ADSL-routers "
-"which contain an USB port to connect the printer. In this case, the IP-"
-"address is that of the router. Note that the tool \"Hp Device manager\" can "
-"manage dynamically configured IP-adress, setting an URI like <emphasis>hp:/"
-"net/&lt;name-of-the-printer></emphasis> . In this case, fixed IP-adress is "
-"not required."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:172
-msgid ""
-"Choose the option <guilabel>AppSocket/HP JetDirect</guilabel> as the "
-"protocol and set the address in <guilabel>Host:</guilabel>, do not change "
-"the <guilabel>Port Number</guilabel>, unless you know that it needs to be "
-"changed. After the selection of the protocol, the selection of the driver is "
-"the same as above."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:180
-msgid "printer5.png"
-msgstr "printer5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:184
-msgid "The other protocols are:"
-msgstr "Gli altri protocolli sono:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:188
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipp)</emphasis>: a printer which can "
-"be accessed on a TCP/IP network via the IPP protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using CUPS. This protocol may also be used also by "
-"some ADSL-routers."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:197
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (https): </emphasis>the same as ipp, "
-"but using http transport and with TLS secured protocol. The port has to be "
-"defined. By default, the port 631 is used."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:205
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Internet Printing Protocol (ipps): </emphasis>the same as ipp, but "
-"with TLS secured protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:212
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>LPD/LPR host or Printer</emphasis>: a printer which can be "
-"accessed on a TCP/IP network via the LPD protocol, for example a printer "
-"connected to a station using LPD."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:220
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis>Windows printer via SAMBA</emphasis>: a printer connected to a "
-"station running Windows or a SMB server and shared."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:226
-msgid ""
-"The URI can also be added directly. Here are some examples on how to form "
-"the URI:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:231
-msgid "Appsocket"
-msgstr "Appsocket"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:233
-msgid "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>socket://ip-address-or-hostname:port </uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:237
-msgid "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-msgstr "Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:239
-msgid "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>ipp://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:241
-msgid "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>http://ip-address-or-hostname:port-number/resource</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:245
-msgid "Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:247
-msgid "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-msgstr "<uri>lpd://username@ip-address-or-hostname/queue</uri>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:251
-msgid ""
-"Additional information can be found in the <link ns2:href=\"http://www.cups."
-"org/documentation.php/doc-1.5/network.html\">CUPS documentation.</link>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:256
-msgid "Device Properties"
-msgstr "Proprietà del dispositivo"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:258
-msgid ""
-"You can access the properties of the device. The menu allows access to "
-"parameters for the CUPS server. By default a CUPS server is launched on your "
-"system, but you can specify a different one with the <guimenu>Server</"
-"guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Connect...</guimenuitem> menu, another window which "
-"gives access to the tuning of other specific parameters of the server, "
-"following <guimenu>Server</guimenu> | <guimenuitem>Settings.</guimenuitem>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><title>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:268
-msgid "Troubleshoot"
-msgstr "Troubleshoot"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:270
-msgid ""
-"You can find some information on occurring errors during printing by "
-"inspecting <filename>/var/log/cups/error_log</filename>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:273
-msgid ""
-"You can also access to a tool to diagnose problems using the <guimenu>Help</"
-"guimenu> | <guilabel>Troubleshoot</guilabel> menu."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:280
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that some drivers for specific printers are not available in "
-"Mageia or are not functional. In this case, have a look at the <link ns2:"
-"href=\"http://openprinting.org/printers/\">openprinting</link> site to check "
-"if a driver for your device is available. If yes, check if the package is "
-"already present in Mageia and in this case install it manually. Then, redo "
-"the installation process to configure the printer. In all cases, report the "
-"problem in bugzilla or on the forum if you are comfortable with this tool "
-"and furnish the model and driver information and whether the printer works "
-"or not after installation. Here are some sources to find other up-to-date "
-"drivers or for more recent devices."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:292
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Brother printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:294
-msgid ""
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://welcome.solutions.brother.com/bsc/public_s/id/linux/"
-"en/download_prn.html\">This page</link> give a list of drivers provided by "
-"Brother. Search the driver for your device, download the rpm(s) and install."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:298
-msgid ""
-"You should install Brother drivers before running the configuration utility."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:301
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hewlett-Packard printers and All in one devices</"
-"emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:304
-msgid ""
-"These devices use the hplip tool. It is installed automatically after the "
-"detection or the selection of the printer. You can find other information "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-web/index.html\">here</"
-"link>. The tool \"HP Device Manager\" is available in the <guilabel>System</"
-"guilabel> menu. Also view <link ns2:href=\"http://hplipopensource.com/hplip-"
-"web/install/manual/hp_setup.html\">configuration</link> for the management "
-"of the printer."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:311
-msgid ""
-"A HP All in one device must be installed as a printer and the scanner "
-"features will be added. Note that sometimes, the Xsane interface doesn't "
-"allow to scan films or slides (the lighting slid can't operate). In this "
-"case, it is possible to scan, using the standalone mode, and save the "
-"picture on a memory card or USB stick inserted in the device. Afterwards, "
-"open your favourite imaging software and load your picture from the memory "
-"card which is appeared in the /media folder."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:319
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Samsung colour printer</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:321
-msgid ""
-"For specific Samsung and Xerox colour printers, <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"foo2qpdl.rkkda.com/\">this site provides drivers</link> for the QPDL "
-"protocol."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:324
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Epson printers and scanners</emphasis>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:326
-msgid ""
-"Drivers for Epson printers are available from <link ns2:href=\"http://"
-"download.ebz.epson.net/dsc/search/01/search/?OSC=LX\">this search page</"
-"link>. For the scanner part, you must install the \"iscan-data\" package "
-"first, then \"iscan\" (in this order). A iscan-plugin package can also be "
-"available and is to install. Choose the <emphasis>rpm</emphasis> packages "
-"according to your architecture."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:332
-msgid ""
-"It is possible that the iscan package will generate a warning about a "
-"conflict with sane. Users have reported that this warning can be ignored."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:336
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Canon printers</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Stampanti Canon</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><section><para>
-#: en/system-config-printer.xml:338
-msgid ""
-"For Canon printers, it may be advisable to install a tool named turboprint "
-"<link ns2:href=\"http://www.turboprint.info/\">available here </link>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:9
-msgid "Import Windows(TM) documents and settings"
-msgstr "Importa i documenti e le impostazioni di Windows(TM)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:12
-msgid "transfugdrake"
-msgstr "transfugdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:17
-msgid "transfugdrake.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">transfugdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:21
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labeled <guilabel>Import Windows(TM) documents and settings</guilabel>"
-msgstr ""
-"Questo strumento<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> lo trovi nel "
-"Centro di Controllo di Mageia, nel tab Condivisioni di rete, etichettato "
-"<guilabel>Configura condivisioni WebDAV</guilabel>."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to import the user documents and settings "
-"from a <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> 2000, <trademark "
-"class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> XP or <trademark class=\"registered"
-"\">Windows</trademark> <trademark>Vista</trademark> installation on the same "
-"computer as the Mageia installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:33
-msgid ""
-"Please note that all the changes will be applied by transfugdrake "
-"immediately after pressing <guibutton>Next</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:37
-msgid ""
-"After starting transfugdrake you will see the first wizard page with some "
-"explanation about the tool and import options."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:40
-msgid ""
-"As soon as you read and understand the instructions, press the "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. This should run a detection of "
-"<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:44
-msgid ""
-"When the detection step is complete you will see a page which allows you to "
-"choose accounts in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> and "
-"Mageia for the import procedure. It is possible to choose other user account "
-"than yours own."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:51
-msgid "transfugdrake1.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:56
-msgid ""
-"Please take into account that due to migrate-assistant (the backend of "
-"transfugdrake) limitations <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> user account names with special symbols can be displayed "
-"incorrectly."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"Migration may take some time depending on the size of the document folders."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"Some <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> applications "
-"(especially drivers) may create user accounts for different purposes. For "
-"example, NVidia drivers in <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark>are updated using <emphasis>UpdatusUser</emphasis>. Please do not "
-"use such accounts for the import purposes."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:74
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the accounts selection press <guibutton>Next</"
-"guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method to import "
-"documents:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:80
-msgid "transfugdrake2.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:84
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake is designed to import <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</"
-"trademark> data from <emphasis>My Documents</emphasis>, <emphasis>My Music</"
-"emphasis> and <emphasis>My Pictures</emphasis> folders. It is possible to "
-"skip import by selecting the appropriate item in this window."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:89
-msgid ""
-"When you finished with the document import method choosing press "
-"<guibutton>Next</guibutton> button. The next page is used to select a method "
-"to import bookmarks:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:95
-msgid "transfugdrake3.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"Transfugdrake can import <emphasis>Internet Explorer</emphasis> and "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> bookmarks into the bookmarks of Mageia "
-"<emphasis>Mozilla Firefox</emphasis> instance."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:103
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred import option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> "
-"button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:112
-msgid "The next page allows you to import desktop background:"
-msgstr "La pagina successiva ti permette di importare sfondi desktop:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:116
-msgid "transfugdrake4.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake4.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"Choose the preferred option and press the <guibutton>Next</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-"Scegli le opzioni preferite e premere il pulsante <guibutton>Avanti</"
-"guibutton> "
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"The last page of wizard shows some congratulation message. Just press the "
-"<guibutton>Finish</guibutton> button."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/transfugdrake.xml:128
-msgid "transfugdrake5.png"
-msgstr "transfugdrake5.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:11
-msgid "Users and Groups"
-msgstr "Utenti e gruppi"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:13
-msgid "userdrake"
-msgstr "userdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:18
-msgid "userdrake.png"
-msgstr "userdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:23
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis role="
-"\"bold\">userdrake</emphasis> as root."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:22
-msgid ""
-"This tool<placeholder type=\"footnote\" id=\"0\"/> is found under the "
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">System</emphasis> tab in the Mageia Control Center "
-"labelled \"Manage users on system\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:27
-msgid ""
-"The tool allows an administrator to manage the users and the groups, this "
-"means to add or delete a user or group and to modify user and group settings "
-"(ID, shell, ...)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:31
-msgid ""
-"When userdrake is opened, all the users existing on the system are listed in "
-"the <guibutton>Users</guibutton> tab, and all the groups in the "
-"<guibutton>Groups</guibutton> tab. Both tabs operate the same way."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:35
-msgid "<guibutton>1 Add User</guibutton>"
-msgstr "<guibutton>1 Aggiungi un utente</guibutton>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:37
-msgid "This button opens a new window with all fields shown empty:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:41
-msgid "userdrake1.png"
-msgstr "userdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:45
-msgid ""
-"The field <emphasis role=\"bold\">Full Name</emphasis> is intended for the "
-"entry of a family name and first name, but it is possible to write anything "
-"or nothing as well!"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:49
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login</emphasis> is the only required field."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:52
-msgid ""
-"Setting a <emphasis role=\"bold\">Password</emphasis> is highly recommended. "
-"There is a little shield on the right, if it is red, the password is weak, "
-"too short or is too similar to the login name. You should use figures, lower "
-"and upper case characters, punctuation marks, etc. The shield will turn "
-"orange and then green as the password strength improves."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:59
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Confirm Password</emphasis> field is there to ensure "
-"you entered what you intended to."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:62
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Login Shell </emphasis>is a drop down list that "
-"allows you to change the shell used by the user you are adding, the options "
-"are Bash, Dash and Sh."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:66
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a private group for the user</emphasis>, if "
-"checked will automatically create a group with the same name and the new "
-"user as the only member (this may be edited)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:70
-msgid ""
-"The other options should be obvious. The new user is created immediately "
-"after you click on <guibutton>OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:73
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Add Group</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">2 Aggiungi un gruppo</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"You only need to enter the new group name, and if required, the specific "
-"group ID."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:78
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Edit</emphasis> (a selected user)"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">3 Modifica</emphasis> (un utente selezionato)"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:80
-msgid ""
-"<guibutton>User Data</guibutton>: Allows you to modify all the data given "
-"for the user at creation (the ID can't be changed)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:83
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Account Info</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Informazioni sull'account</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:87
-msgid "userdrake2.png"
-msgstr "userdrake2.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:91
-msgid ""
-"The first option is for setting an expiration date for the account. "
-"Connection is impossible after this date. This is useful for temporary "
-"accounts."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:95
-msgid ""
-"The second option is to lock the account, connection is impossible as long "
-"as the account is locked."
-msgstr ""
-"La seconda opzione è di bloccare l'account. La connessione è impossibile "
-"sino a quando l'account resta bloccato."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:98
-msgid "It is also possible to change the icon."
-msgstr "E' possibile cambiare l'icona."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:100
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Password Info</emphasis>: Allows you to set an "
-"expiration date for the password, this forces the user to change his "
-"password periodically."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:106
-msgid "userdrake3.png"
-msgstr "userdrake3.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group</emphasis>: Here you can select the groups "
-"that the user is a member of."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><note><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:114
-msgid ""
-"If you are modifying a connected user account, modifications will not be "
-"effective until his/her next login."
-msgstr ""
-"Se stai modificando l'account di un utente connesso, allora le modifiche non "
-"saranno effettive fino al suo prossimo login."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:118
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">4 Edit</emphasis> (with a group selected)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:120
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Data</emphasis>: Allows you to modify the "
-"group name."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:123
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">Group Users</emphasis>: Here you can select the "
-"users who are members of the group"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:126
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Delete</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">5 Cancella</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"Select a user or a group and click on <emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</"
-"emphasis> to remove it. For a user, a window appears to ask if home "
-"directory and mailbox must also be deleted. If a private group has been "
-"created for the user, it will be deleted as well."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><warning><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:133
-msgid "It is possible to delete a group which is not empty."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:136
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Refresh</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">6 Ricarica</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:138
-msgid ""
-"The User database can be changed outside of Userdrake. Click on this icon to "
-"refresh the display."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:141
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Guest Account</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">7 Account ospite</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/userdrake.xml:143
-msgid ""
-"<emphasis role=\"bold\">guest</emphasis> is a special account. It is "
-"intended to give somebody temporary access to the system with total "
-"security. Login is xguest, there is no password, and it is impossible to "
-"make modifications to the system from this account. The personal directories "
-"are deleted at the end of the session. This account is enabled by default, "
-"to disable it, click in the menu on<guimenu> Actions -> Uninstall guest "
-"account</guimenu>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:3
-msgid "Set up the graphical server"
-msgstr "Configura il sistema grafico"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><info><subtitle>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:5
-msgid "XFdrake"
-msgstr "XFdrake"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:10
-msgid "XFdrake.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><footnote><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:17
-msgid ""
-"You can start this tool from the command line, by typing <emphasis>XFdrake</"
-"emphasis> as normal user or <emphasis>drakx11</emphasis> as root. Mind the "
-"capital letters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:14
-msgid ""
-"This tool is present in the Mageia Control Center under the tab <emphasis "
-"role=\"bold\">Hardware</emphasis>. Select <emphasis><guilabel>Set up the "
-"graphical server</guilabel></emphasis>. <placeholder type=\"footnote\" id="
-"\"0\"/>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:24
-msgid "The buttons allow you to change the graphical configuration."
-msgstr "Il bottone ti permette di cambiare la configurazione grafica."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:26
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Graphic card</emphasis>:"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Scheda grafica</emphasis>:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:28
-msgid ""
-"The graphic card currently detected is displayed and the matching server "
-"configured. Click on this button to change to another server, for example "
-"one with a proprietary driver."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:32
-msgid ""
-"The available servers are sorted under <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> by "
-"manufacturer in alphabetical order and then by model also in alphabetical "
-"order. The free drivers are sorted by alphabetical order under<guilabel> "
-"Xorg</guilabel>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:38
-msgid ""
-"In case of problems, <emphasis>Xorg - Vesa</emphasis> will work with most "
-"graphic cards and give you time to find and install the right driver while "
-"in your Desktop Environment."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:42
-msgid ""
-"If even Vesa doesn't work, choose <emphasis><guilabel>Xorg</guilabel> - "
-"<guilabel>fbdev</guilabel></emphasis>, which is used while installing "
-"Mageia, but doesn't allow you to change resolution or refresh rates."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:47
-msgid ""
-"If you made your choice for a free driver, you may be asked if you want to "
-"use a proprietary driver instead with more features (3D effects for example)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:53
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Monitor:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:55
-msgid ""
-"In the same way as above, the monitor currently detected is displayed and "
-"you can click on the button to change to another one. If the desired monitor "
-"isn't in the <guilabel>Vendor</guilabel> list, choose in the "
-"<guilabel>Generic</guilabel> list a monitor with the same features."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:62
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Resolution:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Risoluzione:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:64
-msgid ""
-"This button allows the choice of the resolution (number of pixels) and the "
-"colour depth (number of colours). It displays this screen:"
-msgstr ""
-"Questo bottone ti permette di scegliere la risoluzione (numero di pixels) e "
-"la profondità di colore (numero di colori). Mostra questa schermata:"
-
-#. type: Attribute 'fileref' of: <section><para><mediaobject><imageobject><imagedata>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:69
-msgid "XFdrake1.png"
-msgstr "XFdrake1.png"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:67
-msgid ""
-"<placeholder type=\"mediaobject\" id=\"0\"/>When you change the color depth, "
-"a multi-colored bar will appear next to the second button and show a preview "
-"of what the selected color depth looks like."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:75
-msgid ""
-"The first button shows the currently resolution, click to change for another "
-"one. The list gives all the possible choices according to the graphic card "
-"and the monitor, it is possible to click on <guilabel>Other</guilabel> to "
-"set other resolutions, but bear in mind that you can damage your monitor or "
-"select an uncomfortable setting."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:81
-msgid ""
-"The second button shows the currently colour depth, click to change this for "
-"another one."
-msgstr ""
-"Il secondo pulsante mostra l'attuale profondità di colore, clicca per "
-"cambiarla."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:85
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the chosen resolution, it may be necessary to logout and "
-"restart the graphical environment for the settings to take effect."
-msgstr ""
-"A seconda della risoluzione scelta potrebbe essere necessario eseguire il "
-"logout e riavviare l'ambiente grafico per vederne gli effetti."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:92
-msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-msgstr "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test:</emphasis>"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:94
-msgid ""
-"Once the configuration done, it is recommended to do a test before clicking "
-"on OK because it is easier to modify the settings now than later if the "
-"graphical environment doesn't work."
-msgstr ""
-"Una volta che la configurazione è finita è consigliato eseguire un test "
-"prima di cliccare su OK poiché è più semplice modificare le impostazioni ora "
-"che dopo, nel caso in cui l'ambiente grafico non dovesse funzionare."
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para><note><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:99
-msgid ""
-"In case of a non working graphical environment, type Alt+Ctrl+F2 to open a "
-"text environment, connect as root and type XFdrake (with the caps) to to use "
-"XFdrake's text version."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:102
-msgid ""
-"If the test fails, just wait until the end, if it works but you don't want "
-"to change after all, click on <guibutton>No</guibutton>, if everything is "
-"right, click on <guibutton role=\"bold\">OK</guibutton>."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><title>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:107
-msgid "Options:"
-msgstr "Opzioni:"
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:110
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Global options</guilabel>: If <emphasis>Disable Ctrl-Alt-"
-"Backspace</emphasis> is checked, it will no longer be possible to restart X "
-"server using Ctrl+Alt+Backspace keys."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:116
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphic card options</guilabel>: Allows you to enable or disable "
-"three specific features depending on the graphic card."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><orderedlist><listitem><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:121
-msgid ""
-"<guilabel>Graphical interface at startup</guilabel>: Most of the time, "
-"<emphasis>Automatically start the graphical interface (Xorg) upon booting</"
-"emphasis> is checked to make the boot switch to graphical mode, it may be "
-"unchecked for a server."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. type: Content of: <section><para>
-#: en/XFdrake.xml:128
-msgid ""
-"After a click on the <guibutton>Quit</guibutton> button, the system will ask "
-"you to confirm. There is still time to cancel everything and keep the "
-"previous configuration, or to accept. In this case, you have to disconnect "
-"and reconnect to activate the new configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakauth\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakfont\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"logdrake\"></xref>"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"draksnapshot-config\"></xref>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>BIOS</emphasis> system:"
-#~ msgstr "<emphasis>ID di accesso</emphasis>"
-
-#, fuzzy
-#~ msgid "You have a <emphasis>UEFI</emphasis> system:"
-#~ msgstr "<emphasis>ID di accesso</emphasis>"
-
-#~ msgid "Draksound1.png"
-#~ msgstr "Draksound1.png"
-
-#~ msgid "drakboot --boot"
-#~ msgstr "drakboot --boot"
-
-#~ msgid "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"
-#~ msgstr "<xref linkend=\"drakboot--boot\"/>"